San Francisco Unified School District
Facilities Design and Construction Department
CUPCCAA PROJECT <$45K - $175K>
GEORGE WASHINGTON HIGH SCHOOL
COMPUTER CLASSROOM SH5
SFUSD Project 11849
600 32nd Avenue, San Francisco, California 94121
Bid Date: August 2, 2016, 11:00 a.m.
CUPCCAA Project Packet 




Contract Documents
Form of Contract
Exhibit “A” (Scope of Work)
Prevailing Wage Certification
Workers’ Compensation Certification
Criminal Background Investigation
Certification
 Drug-Free Workplace Certification
 Smoke-Free Workplace Certification
 Asbestos & Other Hazardous Materials
Certification





Bidding Documents
Notice Calling for Bids
Instructions to Bidders
CUPCCAA Bid Form
Bidders Security
Non-collusion Affidavit







Lead-Product(s) Certification
Insurance Certificates and Endorsements
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
Format for Proposed Change Order
W-9
Business Tax Certificate

Project Specific Documents
Floor Plans
And Specifications
Index to CUPCCAA Contract Documents Cover Sheet
BIDDING DOCUMENTS
SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5 NOTICE CALLING FOR BIDS
San Francisco Unified School District
CUPCCAA PROJECT
BIDS DUE: Tuesday, August 2, 2016, 11:00 a.m. For GEORGE WASHINGTON HIGH SCHOOL
COMPUTER CLASSROOM SH5
SFUSD PROJECT NUMBER 11840
The San Francisco Unified School District is requesting bids for GEORGE WASHINGTON HIGH
SCHOOL COMPUTER CLASSROOM SH5, SFUSD PROJECT NO. 11849. Sealed bids will be
received at the main lobby of SFUSD offices, 135 Van Ness Avenue, San Francisco, California 94102.
Scope of Work: The Project is generally described as:
Renovation of existing lecture classroom to convert into a computer classroom that involves selective
demolition of existing casework, whiteboards, chalkboards, tackboards, flooring and wall base, wiremolds
and receptacles and electrical wiring and data cables; provision of new linoleum sheet flooring and coved
rubber base, markerboards and tackboards, miscellaneous drywall and painting work; installation of
district-furnished projectors and screens, provision of new wiremolds, power receptacles, data outlets,
conduits, wiring, and other miscellaneous electrical work.
The estimated construction value of the Work is $100,000.00.
A mandatory Pre-bid Conference will be held on Monday, July 25, 2016 at 10:00 a.m. at George
Washington High School located at 600 32nd Avenue, San Francisco, California. Prequalified CUPCCAA
bidders must attend pre-bid meeting to bid on this project. Meet at the school main entry steps along 32nd
Avenue.
BID DOCUMENTS: Bidding documents for the George Washington High School Computer
Classroom SH5, SFUSD Project No. 11840 can be downloaded from the District website:
http://www.sfusd.edu/en/doing-business-with-sfusd/cupccaa/cupccaa-invitations-for-bids.html
LICENSE REQUIREMENTS: Contractor’s license required for this work:
B, General Building Contractor
ALL BIDDERS MUST SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS BY THE BID DUE DATE AND TIME:




Signed Bid Form
Bid Bond or Bid Security for 10% of the Bid Value
Completed Subcontractor List (if applicable)
Non-Collusion Affidavit
LATE BIDS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
THE DISTRICT WILL ONLY ACCEPT BIDS FROM BIDDERS WHO ARE CURRENTLY ON THE
SFUSD’S APPROVED CUPCCAA CONTRACTOR LIST.
Project Manager: Simon Reyes, 1-415-355-6979 x 1535
CUPCCAA – Notice Calling for Bids
Page 1 of 1 SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5 CUPCCAA INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.
Contractor’s License. In accordance with the provisions of California Public Contract
Code§ 3300, the District requires that Bidders possess the requisite, current, valid
California Contractors License(s) at the time of Bid. The successful bidder must
maintain the requisite license throughout the duration of the contract. All
subcontractors must have an active and valid California Contractor’s License issued by
the Contractor’s State License Board at the time that the Contract for the Work is
awarded, and must maintain the license throughout the duration of the contract.
2.
Contractor’s Registration with the California Department of Industrial
Relations. A contractor or subcontractor is not qualified to bid on, or be listed in a bid
proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the California Public Contract
Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, as defined by the
California Labor Code, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work
pursuant to California Labor Code section 1725.5. However, it is not a violation of law if
an unregistered contractor submits a bid that is authorized by California Business and
Professions Code section 7029.1 or by Section 20103.5 of the California Public Contract
Code, provided the contractor is registered to perform public work pursuant to
California Labor Code section 1725.5 at the time the contract is awarded. A contract
entered into with any contractor or subcontractor in violation of subdivision (a) of
California Labor Code section 1771.1 is subject to cancellation, provided that a contract
for public work shall not be unlawful, void, or voidable solely due to the failure of the
District, contractor, or any subcontractor to comply with the requirements of California
Labor Code section 1725.5 or Labor Code section 1771.1. This instruction applies to any
bid proposal submitted on or after March 1, 2015, and any contract for public work
entered into on or after April 1, 2015. The District will not accept or open a bid proposal
submitted on or after March 1, 2015 from an unregistered contractor, nor will the
District enter into any contract for public work as defined by the California Labor Code
with an unregistered contractor on or after April 1, 2015.
3.
Bid Proposal Preparation. All information required by the bid forms must be
completely and accurately provided, without qualifications or alternates (unless called
for), and with duly authorized signature in ink. Numbers shall be stated in both words
and figures where so indicated in the bid forms. Partially completed Bid Proposals may
be deemed non-responsive. Bid Proposals submitted on other than the bid forms
included herein are non-responsive and will be rejected. Bid Proposals not conforming
to these Instructions for Bidders and the Notice to Contractors Calling for Bids ("Call for
Bids") may be rejected as non-responsive. In cases where there is a discrepancy
between the words and figures, the District shall take the lower of the two.
4.
For Questions regarding obtaining Bid Documents contact:
San Francisco Unified School District
Facilities Design and Construction Department
135 Van Ness Avenue
San Francisco, CA 94102
Tel: 415.241.6152 ext. 1528, Fax: 415.241.6148
Contact: Simon Reyes
Email: reyess@sfusd.edu
CUPCCAA – Instructions to Bidders
Page 1 of 12
SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed
in writing to the District contact above.
Interpretations or clarifications considered
necessary by the District in response to such questions will be issued in writing by
Addenda emailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the District as having received
the Contract Documents. Questions received less than seven (7) days prior to the date
for opening Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written
Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without
legal effect.
5.
Date and Time of Bid Proposal Submittal. The District will place a date/time stamp
machine in a conspicuous location at the place designated for submittal of Bid
Proposals. A Bid Proposal is submitted only if the outer envelope containing the Bid
Proposal is stamped by the District's date/time stamp machine; Bid Proposals not so
stamped as timely received will be rejected and returned to the Bidder unopened. The
date/time stamp is controlling and determinative as to the date and time of the
District’s receipt of the Bid Proposal. The foregoing notwithstanding, whether or not Bid
Proposals are opened exactly at the time fixed in the Call for Bids, no Bid Proposals
shall be received or considered by the District after it has commenced the public
opening and reading of Bid Proposals; Bid Proposals submitted after such time are nonresponsive and will be returned to the Bidder unopened.
6.
Bid Guarantee. Each Bid Proposal shall be accompanied by Bid Security in the form
of: (a) cash, (b) a certified or cashier's check made payable to the District or (c) an
original Bid Bond in favor of the District executed by the Bidder as a principal and a
Surety as surety (the "Bid Security") in an amount not less than ten (10%) percent of
the amount of the Total Base Bid. Any Bid Proposal submitted without the required Bid
Security is non-responsive and will be rejected. If the Bid Security is in the form of a
Bid Bond, the Bidder's Bid Proposal shall be deemed responsive only if the Bid Bond
Surety is an Admitted Surety Insurer under California Code of Civil Procedure §
995.310, et. seq. Any condition or limitation placed upon a check submitted as herein
required, may result in the rejection of the bid for which said check or bond is
submitted. Said check or Bid Bond shall be a guarantee that the bidder, if awarded the
contract, will execute and deliver the required CONTRACTS, BONDS, INSURANCE, and
SCHEDULES within the time required by the letter requesting execution of the contract
(including, Saturdays, Sundays and legal Holidays).
The Bid Security for the three lowest responsible bidders will be returned to the bidders
after a construction contract has been signed. Should the apparent lowest responsible
bidder fail or refuse to enter into the contract or fail to furnish the required payment
and performance bonds, the bidder shall forfeit the bid security.
If a Bid Bond is submitted, the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the
Surety shall attach to the Bond a certified, current copy of its Power of Attorney, and an
acknowledgment from a notary that the Attorney in Fact is the one signing the bond.
7.
Documents Accompanying Bid Proposal. The following forms need to be
completed and signed with the submission of the bid:
a.
Bid Form with proper acknowledgement of Addenda
CUPCCAA – Instructions to Bidders
Page 2 of 12
SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5 b.
c.
d.
Non-Collusion Declaration
Site-Visit Certification (if applicable).
Bidders Security
8.
Modifications.
Changes to the bid forms that are not specifically called for or
permitted may result in the District's rejection of the Bid Proposal as being nonresponsive. No oral or telephonic modification of any submitted Bid Proposal will be
considered. A written modification may be considered only if received by the District
prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of Bid Proposals and the public opening
thereof.
9.
Erasures; Inconsistent or Illegible Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals must not contain
any erasures, interlineations or other corrections unless the same are suitably
authenticated by affixing in the margin immediately opposite such erasure,
interlineation or correction the surname(s) of the person(s) signing the Bid Proposal.
Any Bid Proposal not conforming to the foregoing may be deemed by the District nonresponsive. If any Bid Proposal or portions thereof is determined by the District to be
illegible, ambiguous or inconsistent, whether by virtue of any erasures, interlineations,
corrections or otherwise, the District may reject such Bid Proposal as non-responsive.
10.
Examination of Site and Contract Documents. Each Bidder shall, at its sole cost
and expense, inspect the Site and become fully acquainted with the Contract
Documents and conditions affecting the Work. The failure of a Bidder to receive or
examine any of the Contract Documents or to inspect the Site shall not relieve such
Bidder from any obligation with respect to the Bid Proposal, or the Work required under
the Contract Documents. The District assumes no responsibility or liability to any Bidder
for, nor shall the District be bound by, any understandings, representations or
agreements of the District's agents, employees or officers concerning the Contract
Documents or the Work made prior to execution of the Contract which are not in the
form of Bid Addenda duly issued by the District. The submission of a Bid Proposal shall
be deemed prima facie evidence of the Bidder's full compliance with the requirements of
this section.
11.
Withdrawal of Bid Proposal. Any Bidder may withdraw its Bid Proposal by written
request received by the District prior to the scheduled closing time for the receipt of Bid
Proposals and the District's public opening and reading of Bid Proposals.
a.
A bid may not be withdrawn by the bidder following the time and date
designated for the receipt of bids, except in accordance with Section 5103 of the
Public Contract Code.
b.
A request for modifications must be made in person and bidder must return the
bid in a sealed envelope after modifications are made and prior to time and date
designated for receipt of bid Withdrawals of bid prior to bid opening shall be in
writing, requesting withdrawal of bid.
c.
Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time and date designated for
receipt of bids.
CUPCCAA – Instructions to Bidders
Page 3 of 12
SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5
12.
Agreement and Bonds. The Agreement which the successful Bidder, as Contractor,
will be required to execute along with the forms and amounts of the Payment Bond,
Performance Bond and other documents and instruments which will be required to be
furnished are included in the Contract Documents and shall be carefully examined by
the Bidder. The required number of executed copies of the Agreement and the form
and content of the Performance Bond and the Payment Bond and other documents or
instruments required at the time of execution of the Agreement are specified in the
Contract Documents.
13.
Interpretation of Drawings, Specifications or Contract Documents. Any Bidder
who needs clarification regarding the true meaning of any part of the Contract
Documents; finds discrepancies, errors or omissions therein; or finds variances in any
of the Contract Documents with applicable rules, regulations, ordinances and/or laws,
shall submit a written request for an interpretation or correction thereof to the District.
It is the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Bidder to submit such request not less
than seven (7) days prior to the scheduled closing date for the receipt of Bid Proposals.
Interpretations or corrections of the Contract Documents will be by written addendum.
No person is authorized to render an oral interpretation or correction of any portion of
the Contract Documents to any Bidder, and no Bidder is authorized to rely on any such
oral interpretation or correction. Failure to request interpretation or clarification of any
portion of the Contract Documents pursuant to the foregoing is a waiver of any
discrepancy, defect or conflict therein.
14.
District's Right to Modify Contract Documents. Before the public opening and
reading of Bid Proposals, the District may modify the Work, the Contract Documents, or
any portion(s) thereof by the issuance of written addenda disseminated to all Bidders
who have obtained a copy of the Specifications, Drawings and Contract Documents
pursuant to the Call for Bids.
If the District issues any addenda during the
bidding, the failure of any Bidder to acknowledge such addenda in its Bid
Proposal will render the Bid Proposal non-responsive and rejected.
15.
Bidders Interested in More Than One Bid Proposal; Non-Collusion Affidavit. No
person, firm, corporation or other entity shall submit or be interested in more than one
Bid Proposal for the same Work; provided, however, that a person, firm or corporation
that has submitted a sub proposal to a Bidder or who has quoted prices for materials to
a Bidder is not thereby disqualified from submitting a sub proposal, quoting prices to
other Bidders or submitting a Bid Proposal for the proposed Work to the District. The
form of Non-Collusion Affidavit included in the Contract Documents must be completed
and duly executed on behalf of the Bidder; failure of a Bidder to submit a completed
and executed Non-Collusion Affidavit with its Bid Proposal may render the Bid Proposal
non-responsive.
16.
Award of Contract.
a.
Waiver of Irregularities or Informalities. The District reserves the right to
reject any and all Bid Proposals or to waive any irregularities or informalities in
any Bid Proposal or in the bidding.
b.
Award to Lowest Responsive Responsible Bidder.
The award of the
Contract, if made by the District through action of its Board of Education, will be
CUPCCAA – Instructions to Bidders
Page 4 of 12
SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5
to the responsible Bidder submitting the lowest responsive Bid Proposal on the
basis of the Total Base Bid.
17.
c.
Alternate Bid Items. The District may add or deduct from the contract any of
the additive or deductive items after the lowest responsible bidder has been
determined. The bidder further agrees that, should additional construction funds
become available to the District, alternates not selected by the District at the
time of award may be incorporated into the contract by change order, based on
the bidder’s original alternate amount named on the Bid Form within 3 months
from the date of the award by the Board of Education.
d.
Responsive Bid Proposal.
A responsive Bid Proposal shall mean a Bid
Proposal which conforms, in all material respects, to the Bid and Contract
Documents.
e.
Responsible Bidder. A responsible Bidder is a Bidder who has the capability in
all respects to perform fully the requirements of the Contract Documents and the
moral and business integrity and reliability which will assure good faith
performance.
In determining responsibility, the following criteria will be
considered: (i) the ability, capacity and skill of the Bidder to perform the Work of
the Contract Documents; (ii) whether the Bidder can perform the Work promptly
and within the time specified, without delay or interference; (iii) the character,
integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the Bidder; (iv) the
quality of performance of the Bidder on previous contracts, (v) the previous and
existing compliance by the Bidder with laws and ordinances relating to contracts;
(vi) the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the Bidder to perform
the work of the Contract Documents; (vii) the quality, availability and
adaptability of the goods or services to the particular use required; (viii) the
ability of the Bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the warranty
period of the Contract; (ix) whether the Bidder is in arrears on debt or contract
or is a defaulter on any surety bond; (x) such other information as may be
secured by the District having a bearing on the decision to award the Contract,
to include without limitation the ability, experience and commitment of the
Bidder to properly and reasonably plan, schedule, coordinate and execute the
Work of the Contract Documents and whether the Bidder has ever been
debarred from bidding or found ineligible for bidding on any other public project.
Subcontractors.
a.
Designation of Subcontractors List.
Each Bidder shall submit on its
CUPCCAA Bid Form a list of its proposed Subcontractors doing work amounting
to over one half (1/2) of one percent (1%) of the total bid, as required by the
Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (California Public Contract Code
§§ 4100 to 4114 et seq.) on the form furnished. Every bidder shall set forth the
following in its bid:
b.
The portion of the work that will be done by each subcontractor. If the Bidder
fails to specify a subcontractor for any portion of the work to be performed
under the Contract in excess of one half (1/2) of one percent (1%) of the
Bidder’s total bid, then Bidder agrees to perform that portion with its own forces.
CUPCCAA – Instructions to Bidders
Page 5 of 12
SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5
The successful Bidder shall not, without written consent of the District either;
c.
(1)
Substitute any person as subcontractor in place of the subcontractor
designated in the original bid as per Public Contract Code section 4107,
or
(2)
Sublet or subcontract any portion of the work in excess of one half (1/2)
of one percent (1%) of the total bid for which its original bid did not
designate a subcontractor.
Each Bidder is put on notice that an inadvertent error in listing a subcontractor
who is not registered pursuant to California Labor Code section 1725.5 in a bid
proposal shall not be grounds for filing a bid protest or grounds for considering
the bid nonresponsive, provided that any of the following apply:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
18.
The subcontractor is registered prior to the bid opening.
Within 24 hours after the bid opening, the subcontractor is
registered and has paid the penalty registration fee specified in
subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of California
Labor Code section 1725.5.
The subcontractor is replaced by another registered subcontractor
pursuant to California Public Contract Code section 4107.
d.
Work of Subcontractors. All Bidders are referred to the Contract Documents
and the notation therein that all Contract Documents are intended to be
complimentary and that the organization or arrangements of the Specifications
and Drawings shall not limit the extent of the Work of the Contract Documents.
Accordingly, all Bidders are encouraged to disseminate all of the Specifications,
Drawings and other Contract Documents to all persons or entities submitting
sub-bids to the Bidder. The omission of any portion or item of Work from the
Bid Proposal or from the sub-bidders' sub-bids which is/are necessary to produce
the intended results and/or which are reasonably inferable from the Contract
Documents is not a basis for adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract
Time.
e.
Subcontractor Bonds. In accordance with California Public Contract Code
§4108, if a Bidder requires a bond or bonds of its Subcontractor(s), whether the
expense of procuring such bond or bonds are to be borne by the Bidder or the
Subcontractor(s), such requirements shall be specified in the Bidder's written or
published request for sub-bids.
Failure of the Bidder to comply with these
requirements shall preclude the Bidder from imposing bonding requirements
upon its Subcontractor(s) or rejection of a Subcontractor's bid under California
Public Contract Code §4108(b).
Workers' Compensation Insurance. Pursuant to California Labor Code §3700, the
successful Bidder shall secure Workers' Compensation Insurance for its employees
engaged in the Work of the Contract. The successful bidder shall sign and deliver to the
District a certificate prior to performing any of the Work under the Contract:
a.
The form of such Certificate is included as part of the Contract Documents.
CUPCCAA – Instructions to Bidders
Page 6 of 12
SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5
19.
Bid Security Return. The Bid Security of three or more low Bidders, the number
being solely at the discretion of the District, will be held by the District until posting by
the successful Bidder(s) of the bonds, certificates of insurance required and return of
executed copies of the Agreement,, at which time the Bid Security of such other Bidders
will be returned to them.
20.
Forfeiture of Bid Security. If the Bidder awarded the Contract fails or refuses to
execute the Agreement within seven (7) calendar days from the date of receiving
notification that it is the Bidder to whom the Contract has been awarded, the District
may declare the Bidder's Bid Security forfeited as damages caused by the failure of the
Bidder to enter into the Contract and may thereupon award the Contract for the Work
to the responsible Bidder submitting the next lowest priced Bid Proposal or may call for
new bids, in its sole and exclusive discretion.
21.
Contractor's License. No Bid Proposal will be considered from a Bidder who, at the
time Bid Proposals are opened, is not licensed to perform the Work of the Contract
Documents, in accordance with the Contractor’s License Law, California Business &
Professions Code §§ 7000 et seq. This requirement is not a mere formality and will not
be waived by the District or its Board of Education. The required California Contractor's
License classification(s) for the Work is set forth in the Call for Bids.
22.
Anti-Discrimination. It is the policy of the District that there be no discrimination
against any prospective or active employee engaged in the Work because of race, color,
ancestry, national origin, religious creed, sex, age or marital status. All Bidders agree
to comply with the District’s anti-discrimination policy and all applicable Federal and
California anti-discrimination laws including but not limited to the California Fair
Employment & Housing Act beginning with California Government
a.
Code §§ 12940 et seq. and California Labor Code § 1735. In addition, all
Bidders agree to require like compliance by any Subcontractor employed by
them on the Work of the Contract.
23.
Prevailing Wage. BIDDERS ARE HEREBY PUT ON NOTICE THAT ANY
PROJECTS AWARDED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 1, 2015 ARE SUBJECT TO
COMPLIANCE MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT BY THE DEPARTMENT OF
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS.
The successful bidder shall not pay less than the
prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the California
Department of Industrial Relations. Bidders are advised to inspect the prevailing wage
rates (available at www.dir.ca.gov/dlse) for this project.
The wage rates may be
updated prior to award of the contract and during the course of the project. Any actual
or alleged prevailing wage violations on this Project will be reported to the Department
of Industrial Relations in accordance with California Labor Code section 1726.
24.
Payroll Document Submission. The successful bidder will be required to complete
and submit documents relating to California Labor Codes. The successful bidder should
take cognizance of, and comply with California Labor Code section 1776. Certified
payrolls for both the contractor and all subcontractors must be submitted on, or supply
all information required by, Public Works Payroll Reporting Form A-1-131 (available at
www.dir.ca.gov/dlse) with progress payment requests. For all projects awarded by the
CUPCCAA – Instructions to Bidders
Page 7 of 12
SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5
District on or after April 1, 2015, successful bidders will be required to submit certified
payrolls for both the contractor and all subcontractors directly to the Labor
Commissioner and to the District to effect progress payments. On or after January 1,
2016, for all projects, whether new or ongoing, successful bidders will have to submit
certified payrolls for both the contractor and all subcontractors directly to the Labor
Commissioner and the District.
25.
Apprenticeship Requirements. Pursuant to Sections 1777.5 and 1777.7 of the
California Labor Code, contracts of specialty contractors not bidding through a general
contractor and involving less than twenty (20) working days or $30,000 are exempted
from the provisions of Section 1777.5.; this is the same exemption that applies to
contracts of general contractors. A subcontractor bidding through a general contractor
must comply with Section 1777.5 (no matter how small the subcontract), if the contract
between the general contractor and District is covered by Section 1777.5
26.
False and Misleading Statements.
provided by a Bidder
27.
Job-Walk. The District may conduct a Job-Walk at the time(s) and place(s) designated
in the Call for Bids. If attendance at the Job Walk is indicated in the Call for Bids as
being mandatory, the failure of any Bidder to have its authorized representative present
at the entirety of the Job-Walk will render the Bid Proposal of such Bidder to be nonresponsive. Where the Job-Walk is mandatory, a Bidder may have more than one
authorized representative and/or representatives of its Subcontractors present at the
Job-Walk; provided, however that attendance by representatives of the Bidder's
Subcontractors without attendance by a representative of the Bidder shall not be
sufficient to meet the Bidder's obligations hereunder and will render the Bid Proposal of
such Bidder to be non-responsive.
28.
Bidding Documents. The Bidding Documents shall be examined carefully, including
any addenda. Bidder agrees that it has familiarized itself with them, and that its bid
includes all work described in the Project. Failure to acknowledge all addenda shall be
grounds for rejection of the bid.
If the District determines that any information
a.
Bidders shall immediately notify (in writing) District of any apparent omissions or
discrepancies discovered in the Contract Documents.
Any request for
interpretation of an item in the bid package must be received a minimum of
seven (7) days prior to bid opening. Interpretations, clarifications, or changes in
the Bidding Documents issued before the bid opening will be in the form of
addenda, sent in writing to each known Bidder. It is Bidder’s responsibility to
determine if any addenda have been issued prior to submitting its bid.
b.
The “Bidding Documents” for this Project shall include:





Notice Calling for Bids
Instructions to Bidders
CUPCCAA Bid Form
Non-collusion Affidavit
Bidders Security
CUPCCAA – Instructions to Bidders
Page 8 of 12
SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5
c.
Bidding Documents are provided to bidders for bidding only; no other use is
permitted.
d.
Base Bids are sums stipulated in Bid Proposals for which bidders offer to perform
the work required.
e.
Alternate bids are sums which may be added to or deleted from Base Bids for
the performance of Alternate Work, as delineated in the Bidding Documents. All
requested Alternates should be bid, or the Bid Proposal may be considered nonresponsive.
f.
Unit Prices are the sums included in the Bid Proposals as cost per unit measure
of materials and/or services, as required in the Bidding Documents. Only unit
prices that have an estimated quantity tied to them are required to be filled out.
If there is a quantity and a unit list on the Bid Proposal, they must be completed
for the Bid Proposal to be responsive as the total cost of the quantities times the
units will be added to the Base Bid Proposal, plus or minus any alternates to
arrive at the Low Bid Proposal.
NO ORAL INTERPRETATION OF THE BIDDING DOCUMENTS WILL BE BINDING.
If awarded the Contract, the “Contract Documents” for this Project shall include and









Form of Contract
Exhibit “A” (Scope of Work)
Prevailing Wage Certification
Workers’ Compensation Certification
Criminal Background Investigation
Certification
Drug-Free Workplace Certification
Smoke-Free Workplace Certification
Asbestos & Other Hazardous
Materials Certification
Lead-Product(s) Certification









Performance Bond
Payment Bond
Insurance Certificates and Endorsements
District Standards
Format for Proposed Change Order
W-9
Business Tax Certificate
Project Plans
Specifications
[Other ]
incorporate the following documents (where checked):
29.
Substitution of Specified Items. Pursuant to Public Contract Code §§ 3400(a), any
Bidder who has timely submitted a Bid Proposal may submit data to the District to
substantiate a request to substitute an "or equal" item for any item specified in the
Contract Documents ("Substitution Substantiation Data"). Substitution Substantiation
Data may be submitted to the District at any time twenty-four (24) hours after the
public opening and reading of Bid Proposals and 5:00 p.m. of the day immediately
preceding the date of the District's Board of Education meeting for consideration of the
award of the Contract as noted in the
a.
Notice of Intent to Award Contract issued by the District pursuant to these
Instructions for Bidders. Substitution Substantiation Data submitted by any
CUPCCAA – Instructions to Bidders
Page 9 of 12
SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5
Bidder with its Bid Proposal will not be considered by the District nor be deemed
a submission of Substitution Substantiation Data. Notwithstanding the
submission of any Substitution Substantiation Data by any Bidder pursuant to
the foregoing, no action will be taken in connection with any Substitution
Substantiation Data or request of any Bidder to substitute an "or equal" item for
an item specified in the Contract Documents until after the District's Board of
Education has taken action to award the Contract without any conditions or
reservations.
In addition to the rights conferred hereunder to submit
Substitution Substantiation Data after the opening of Bid Proposals and prior to
award of the Contract, the Bidder awarded the Contract may request the
substitution of "or equal" items for items specified in the Contract Documents
upon strict compliance with the applicable terms of the Contract Documents.
30.
Allowances. Allowances if called for shall be included in the bid.
31.
Public Records. Bid Proposals and other documents responding to the Call for Bids
become the exclusive property of the District upon submittal to the District. At such
time as the District opens bids pursuant to these Instructions to Bidders, all Bid
Proposals and other documents submitted in response to the Call for Bids become a
matter of public record and shall thereupon be considered public records, except for
information contained in such Bid Proposals deemed to be Trade Secrets (as defined in
California Civil Code § 3426.1) and financial information provided in response to the
Statement of Qualifications. If the District is required to defend or otherwise respond to
any action or proceeding wherein request is made for the disclosure of the contents of
any portion of a Bid Proposal deemed exempt from disclosure hereunder, the Bidder
submitting the materials sought by such action or proceeding agrees to defend,
indemnify and hold harmless the District in any action or proceeding from and against
any liability, including without limitation attorneys' fees arising therefrom. The party
submitting materials sought by any other party shall be solely responsible for the cost
and defense in any action or proceeding seeking to compel disclosure of such materials;
the District's sole involvement in any such action shall be that of a stakeholder,
retaining the requested materials until otherwise ordered by a court of competent
jurisdiction.
32.
Drug Free Workplace Certificate. In accordance with California Government Code
§§ 8350 et seq., the Drug Free Workplace Act of 1990, the successful Bidder will be
required to execute a Drug Free Workplace Certificate concurrently with execution of
the Agreement. The successful Bidder will be required to implement and take the
affirmative measures outlined in the Drug Free Workplace Certificate and in California
Government Code 8350 et seq. Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the
measures outlined in the Drug Free Workplace Certificate and in California Government
Code §§ 8350 et seq. may result in penalties, including without limitation, the
termination of the Agreement, the suspension of any payment of the Contract Price
otherwise due under the Contract Documents and/or debarment of the successful
Bidder.
33.
Compliance with Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. The Bidder is
solely and exclusively responsible for employment of individuals for the Work of the
Contract in conformity with the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, 8 USC
§§1101 et seq. (the “IRCA"); the successful Bidder shall also require that any person or
CUPCCAA – Instructions to Bidders
Page 10 of 12
SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5
entity employing labor in connection with any of the Work of the Contract shall so
similarly comply with the IRCA.
34.
Fingerprint Certificate. In accordance with Education Code § 45125.1, the successful
Bidder will be required to execute the Fingerprint Certificate included with the Contract
Documents concurrently with the Bidder’s execution of the Agreement. The successful
Bidder shall comply with the terms and requirements of the Fingerprint Certificate and
Education Code § 45125.1; failure to comply will result in penalties, including without
limitation, termination of the Agreement and the suspension of payments of the
Contract Price otherwise due under the Contract Documents.
35.
Notice of Intent to Award Contract. Following the public opening and reading of Bid
Proposals, the District will issue a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract, identifying the
Bidder to whom the District intends to award the Contract and the date/time/place of
the District's Board of Education meeting at which award of the Contract will be
considered.
36.
Bid Protest Procedures.
a.
Any protest of the proposed award of Bid to the bidder deemed the apparent
lowest responsible bidder must be submitted in writing to the District, no later
than 5:00 pm of the second (2nd) business day following the date of the Bid
opening.
b.
The initial protest must contain a complete statement of the basis for the
protest. The protest must state the facts and refer to the specific portion of the
bid documents or the specific statute that form the basis for the protest. The
protest must include the name, address, and telephone number of the person
representing the protesting party. The protest must be signed and submitted
under penalty of perjury.
c.
The party filing the protest must concurrently transmit a copy of the initial
protest to the bidder deemed the apparent lowest responsible bidder. Fax and
email copies are acceptable.
d.
The party filing the protest must have actually submitted a Bid on the Project or
have been specifically excluded from filing a Bid due to an action by the District.
A subcontractor of a party filing a Bid on the Project may not submit a Bid
Protest. A party may not rely on the Bid Protest submitted by another Bidder,
but must timely pursue its own protest. A party that is not the second apparent
lowest responsible bidder must file a bid protest on all apparent low bidders in
front of it for its protest to be valid and reviewed for merit.
e.
The procedure and time limits set forth in this Section are mandatory and are
the Bidder’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of a Bid Protest. The
Bidder’s failure to fully comply with these procedures shall constitute a waiver of
any right to further pursue a Bid Protest.
f.
The District’s Chief Facilities Officer or his designee shall review the Bid Protest
and shall issue his or her determination within a reasonable amount of time prior
CUPCCAA – Instructions to Bidders
Page 11 of 12
SFUSD Project No.: 11840
School Site: George Washington HS
Project Name: Computer Classroom SH5
to bid award.
The decision shall be final, and the completion of all
administrative remedies.
37.
District Standards. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 3400, a
designee of the District has made a finding that particular materials, products, things,
and/or services are to be designated in the Contract Documents by specific brand or
trade name for the following purpose: in order to match other products in use on a
particular public improvement either completed or in the course of completion (“District
Standards”).
38.
Escrow. As a condition for approving progress payments, the District requires a 5%
retainage to be deducted from each progress payment, unless the District finds the
Work to be of sufficient complexity and difficulty to justify increasing retainage to 10%
deducted from each progress payment. In accordance with the provisions of Public
Contract Code Section 22300, substitution of eligible and equivalent securities for any
monies withheld to ensure performance under this contract will be permitted at the
request and expense of the Contractor.
39.
Documents Required for Execution of the Contract. Upon approval of the lowest
bidder, and notification of award, the selected Contractor must furnish the following
bonds (on the District’s forms) and certificate of insurance by a surety or insurance
company as appropriate who has obtained a Certificate of Authority (Admitted in CA)
from the California Department of Insurance before the San Francisco Unified School
District can execute the contract:
a.
b.
c.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Performance Bond (Admitted in CA)
Payment Bond (Admitted in CA)
Certificates of Insurance (Admitted in CA) for:
d.
e.
40.
Public Liability Insurance, including Comprehensive General Liability
Automobile Liability
Worker’s Compensation
Name San Francisco Unified School District as loss payee. All certificates
must give thirty (30) days’ notice to San Francisco Unified School District
of insurance policy cancellation or reduction in coverage.
W-9 Form
Criminal Background check
Business Tax Certificate. In order to receive an award, a Contractor must have a
current Business Tax Certificate from the City and County of San Francisco.
END OF SECTION
CUPCCAA – Instructions to Bidders
Page 12 of 12
SAN FRANCISCO UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT
CUPCCAA BID FORM
FOR REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE OR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES AWARDED PURSUANT
TO THE “INFORMAL BIDDING” PROCEDURES OF THE PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE §
22000, ET SEQ. (THE UNIFORM PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION COST ACCOUNTING ACT
(“CUPCCAA”) -- INFORMAL BID
PROJECT:
GEORGE WASHINGTON HIGH SCHOOL
COMPUTER CLASSROOM SH5, SFUSD PROJECT NO. 11840
Contractor will perform the Work defined in the Contract Documents and fully understands the
scope of Work required in this bid and accepts in full payment for that Work the following total
lump sum or TOTAL BASE BID AMOUNT, all taxes included:
Bid Breakdown: _dollars
TOTAL BASE BID AMOUNT
$
1. Work. Contractor has reviewed the Work outlined in the Contract Documents and fully
understands the scope of Work required in this bid, understands the construction and project
management function(s) is described in the Contract Documents.
2. Schedule. Contractor agrees to commence work under this Contract on the date established
in the Contract Documents and to complete all work within the time specified in the Contract
Documents.
3. Subcontractors. Contractor shall identify the name, location of the place of business,
California Contractor State License Number, DIR Registration Number, and kind of work of
each subcontractor that will perform work or labor or render service in or about the
construction of the Work or improvement in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent
(0.5%) of the Contractor's total bid. Use extra sheets/extra space as needed.
NAME
LOCATION
CSLB LIC #
DIR REG#
TYPE OF WORK
VALUE
CUPCCAA – Bid Form
Page 1 of 3
4. Bid Bond. Contractor shall provide with its bid a certified or cashier’s check or bidder’s bond
for an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the bid amount. The certified or cashier's
check or bid bond shall be made payable to the order of the District. If a bid bond
accompanies the proposal, the bond shall be secured by an admitted surety company, licensed
in the State of California, satisfactory to the District and in the form attached hereto. The
certified or cashier's check or bond shall be given as a guarantee that Contractor will enter into
the Contract if awarded the Work, and in the case of refusal or failure to enter into the
Contract, the District shall have the right to award to another bidder. If Contractor fails or
refuses to timely enter into the contract, the District reserves the right to declare the bid bond
forfeited and to pursue all other remedies in law or equity relating to such breach including,
but not limited to, seeking recovery of damages for breach of contract. Failure to provide bid
security, or bid security in the proper amount, will result in rejection of the bid.
5. Noncollusion Affidavit. Contractor shall provide with its bid the Noncollusion Affidavit in the
form attached hereto.
6. License. Contractor certifies that it is, at the time of bidding, and shall be throughout the
period of the Contract, licensed by the State of California to do the type of Work required
under the terms of the Contract Documents. Contractor further certifies that it is regularly
engaged in the general class and type of work called for in the Contract Documents.
7. Bid Protests. Any bid protest by any Contractor regarding any other bid on this Project must
be submitted in writing to the District, before 5:00 p.m. of the SECOND (2ND) business day
following the date of bid opening, or the Contractor waives its right to protest. The protest
must contain a complete statement of any and all bases for the protest and the Contractor
must concurrently transmit a copy of the protest to all other bidders that appear to have a
reasonable prospect of receiving an award depending upon the outcome of the protest.
8. Addenda. Receipt and acceptance of the following addenda is hereby acknowledged.
ADDENDA #
DATE
9. CONTRACT FORM. DISTRICT’S CONTRACT FORM IS PART OF THE CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS. THE SCOPE OF THE PROJECT IS AS DESCRIBED IN EXHIBIT “A” TO THE
CONTRACT. THE SUCCESSFUL CONTRACTOR SHALL, WITHIN SEVEN (7) CALENDAR
DAYS OF NOTICE THAT IT HAS BEEN AWARDED THE CONTRACT, BE REQUIRED TO
PROVIDE TO THE DISTRICT ALL CERTIFICATIONS, BONDS, INSURANCE DOCUMENTS,
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, SUBCONTRACTOR LIST AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED
DOCUMENTATION AS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT.
Contractor hereby certifies to the District that all representations, certifications, and
statements made by Contractor, as set forth in this bid form, are true and correct and are
made under penalty of perjury.
Dated this
day of
20
Name of Contractor
Signed by
CUPCCAA – Bid Form
Page 2 of 3
Title of Signer______________________________________________________________
Address of Contractor
Taxpayer's Identification No. of Contractor
Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) Registration No. of Contractor
Telephone Number
Fax Number
E-mail
Web page
Contractor's License No(s): No.:
Class:
Expiration Date:
No.:
CUPCCAA – Bid Form
Class:
Expiration Date:
Page 3 of 3
BID BOND (SECURITY)
(Note: If Bidder is providing a bid bond as its bid security, Bidder must use this form,
NOT a surety company form.)
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That the undersigned, as
as Principal (“Principal”),
and
as Surety (“Surety”),
a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of
and authorized to do business as a surety in the State of California, are held and firmly bound
unto the San Francisco Unified School District (“District”) of the City and County of San
Francisco, State of California as Obligee, in the sum of
($
)
lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to
be made, we, and each of us, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors,
and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that whereas the Principal has submitted a bid
to the District for all Work specifically described in the accompanying bid;
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal is awarded the Contract and, within the time and manner
required under the Contract Documents, after the prescribed forms are presented to Principal
for signature, enters into a written contract, in the prescribed form in accordance with the bid,
and files two bonds, one guaranteeing faithful performance and the other guaranteeing
payment for labor and materials as required by law, and meets all other conditions to the
contract between the Principal and the Obligee becoming effective, or if the Principal shall fully
reimburse and save harmless the Obligee from any damage sustained by the Obligee through
failure of the Principal to enter into the written contract and to file the required performance
and labor and material bonds, and to meet all other conditions to the Contract between the
Principal and the Obligee becoming effective, then this obligation shall be null and void;
otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. The full payment of the sum stated
above shall be due immediately if Principal fails to execute the Contract within seven (7) days
of the date of the District's Notice of Award to Principal.
Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time,
alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or the call for bids, or to the work to be
performed thereunder, or the specifications accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its
obligation under this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or the call for bids, or to the work, or
to the specifications.
In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the Obligee and judgment is recovered, the
Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the Obligee in such suit, including a reasonable attorneys'
fee to be fixed by the Court.
If the District awards the bid, the security of unsuccessful bidder(s) shall be returned within
sixty (60) days from the time the award is made. Unless otherwise required by law, no bidder
may withdraw its bid for ninety (90) days after the date of the bid opening.
CUPCCAA – Bidders Security
Page 1 of 2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duty executed by the Principal and Surety
above named, on the
day of
, 2016.
Principal
By
Surety
By
Name of California Agent of Surety
Address of California Agent of Surety
Telephone Number of California Agent of Surety
Bidder must attach Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority for Surety and a
Notarial Acknowledgment for all Surety's signatures. The California Department of
Insurance must authorize the Surety to be an admitted Surety Insurer.
END OF DOCUMENT
CUPCCAA – Bidders Security
Page 2 of 2
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
Public Bid Code § 7106
TO BE EXECUTED BY CONTRACTOR BIDDER
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF
)
) ss.
)
being first duly sworn
deposes and says that he or she is
of
,
the Contractor making the foregoing Bid, that the Bid is not made in the interest of, or on
behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or
corporation; that the Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the Bidder has not
directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham proposal,
and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or
anyone else to put in a sham proposal, or that anyone shall refrain from proposing; that the
Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or
conference with anyone to fix its proposal or the Bid price of the Bidder or any other Bidder, or
to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the proposal or the Bid price, or of that of any
other Bidder, or to secure any advantage against the District of anyone interested in the
proposed Bid; that all statements contained in its proposal and Bid are true; and, further, that
the Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her proposal or the Bid price or any
breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or
paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association,
organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or
sham proposal or Bid.
I certify and declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of
California that all the foregoing information in this Non-collusion Affidavit is true and
correct.
Date:
Proper Name of Contractor:
Signature:
Print Name:
Title:
(ATTACH NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR THE ABOVE SIGNATURE)
END OF DOCUMENT
CUPCCAA – Non-Collusion Affidavit
Page 1 of 1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
CONTRACT FOR REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE OR SMALL CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
AWARDED PURSUANT TO THE “INFORMAL BIDDING” PROCEDURES OF THE PUBLIC
CONTRACT CODE § 22000, ET SEQ. (THE UNIFORM PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION
COST ACCOUNTING ACT (“CUPCCAA”).
THIS CONTRACT is made and entered into this
day of
, 20
(“Contract”), by and between
(“Contractor”)
and San Francisco Unified School District (“District”). Contractor and District may be referred
to herein individually as a “Party” or collectively as the “Parties.”
1. Contract Price & Services. After the District has issued a Notice to Proceed, the
Contractor shall furnish to the District for a total price of
Dollars ($
) (“Contract Price”), the following repairs,
maintenance or construction services (“Services” or “Work”):[DESCRIBE SERVICES OR
ATTACH SCOPE OF WORK AND DESIGNATE AS EXHIBIT “A”]
2. Payment. Payment for the Work shall be made in accordance with the Terms and
Conditions attached hereto.
3. Site. Contractor shall perform the Work at
“Site”). The Project is the scope of Work performed at the Site.
4. Contract Time & Liquidated Damages. Work shall be completed by
, 20
.
[IDENTIFY COMPLETION DATE] [ OR] Work shall be co mpleted within
) [NUMBER OF
[SPELL OUT COMPLETION DAYS ] (
DAYS] consecutive calendar days from the date specified in the District’s Notice to
Proceed. (“Contract Time”) Contractor agrees that if the Work is not completed within the
Contract Time and/or pursuant to the completion schedule, construction schedule, or
project milestones developed pursuant to provisions of the Contract, it is understood,
acknowledged, and agreed that the District will suffer damage which is not capable of being
calculated. Pursuant to Government Code section 53069.85, Contractor shall pay to the
District, as fixed and liquidated damages for these incalculable damages, the sum of
[INSERT WRITTEN DOLLAR AMOUNT FOR LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ]
Dollars ($
) [INSERT NUMERICAL DOLLAR AMOUNT FOR LIQUIDATED
DAMAGES] per day for each and every calendar day of delay beyond the Contract Time or
beyond any completion schedule, construction schedule, or Project milestones established
pursuant to the Contract.
5. Bonds & Insurance.
a. Payment Bond & Performance Bond: Contractor shall not commence the Work until
it has provided to the District, a Payment (Labor and Material) Bond and a Performance
Bond, in the forms attached hereto, each in an amount equivalent to one hundred
percent (100%) of the Contract Price issued by a surety admitted to issue bonds in the
State of California and otherwise acceptable to the District.
Insurance: Contractor shall have and maintain in force during the term of this
Contract, with the minimum indicated limits, the following insurance: [DISTRICT HAS THE
DISCRETION TO ADJUST THESE LIMITS BASED ON SIZE AND SCOPE OF
CONTRACT]
CUPCCAA Contract – Repair, Maintenance or Small Construction – SFUSD
(“Premises” or
Page 1 of 3
$1,000,000 per occurrence;
$2,000,000 aggregate
Commercial General Liability, with
Products and Completed Operations
Coverage
Automobile Liability, Any Auto,
Combined Single Limit
Workers Compensation
$1,000,000 per occurrence;
$2,000,000 aggregate
Statutory limits pursuant to State
law
$2,000,000
Employers’ Liability
Contractor shall provide to the District certificate(s) of insurance and endorsements
satisfactory to the District. The policy(ies) shall not be amended or modified and the
coverage amounts shall not be reduced without thirty (30) days written notice to the
District prior to cancellation. Except for worker’s compensation insurance, the District, the
Architect, and the Project Manager shall be named as an additional insured on all policies.
Contractor’s policy(ies) shall be primary; any insurance carried by the District shall only be
secondary and supplemental. Contractor shall not allow any subcontractor, employee, or
agent to commence Work on this Contract or any subcontract until the insurance required
of Contractor, subcontractor, or agent has been obtained.
6. Project Oversight. Inspection and acceptance of the Work shall be performed by
of the Bond Program Department of the District. The architect for the Project is
(“Architect”) and the project manager on the Project is
(“Project Manager”)
7. Terms & Conditions. The Contractor agrees to comply with the Terms and Conditions.
8. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents for this Project include and incorporate
the following documents (where checked):













Notice Calling for Bids
Instructions to Bidders
CUPCCAA Bid Form
Non-collusion Affidavit
Bidders Security
Terms and Conditions to Contract
Exhibit “A” (Scope of Work)
Prevailing Wage Certification
Workers’ Compensation Certification
Criminal Background Investigation
Certification
Drug-Free Workplace Certification
Smoke-Free Workplace Certification
Asbestos & Other Hazardous Materials
Certification









Lead-Product(s) Certification
Insurance Certificates and Endorsements
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
District Standards
Format for Proposed Change Order
W-9
Business Tax Certificate
Project Plans

Specifications
[Other ]
ACCEPTED AND AGREED on the date indicated below. By signing this Contract, Contractor
certifies, under penalty of perjury, that all the information provided in the Contract Documents
is true, complete, and correct:
Dated:
, 20
Dated:
CUPCCAA Contract – Repair, Maintenance or Small Construction – SFUSD
, 20
Page 2 of 3
San Francisco Unified School District
Contractor
By:
Print Name:
By:
Print Name:
Print Title:
Print Title:
Information regarding Contractor:
Type of Business Entity:
Individual
Sole Proprietorship
Partnership
Limited Partnership
Corporation
Limited Liability
Company
Other:
Employer Identification and/or Social Security Number
NOTE: United States Code, title 26, sections 6041 and
6109 require non-corporate recipients of $600 or more to
furnish their taxpayer identification number to the
payer. The United States Code also provides that a
penalty may be imposed for failure to furnish the
taxpayer identification number. In order to comply with
these rules, the District requires your federal tax
identification number or Social Security number,
whichever is applicable.
CUPCCAA Contract – Repair, Maintenance or Small Construction – SFUSD
Page 3 of 3
TERMS AND CONDITIONS TO CONTRACT
1.
NOTICE TO PROCEED: District shall provide a Notice to Proceed to Contractor
pursuant to the Contract at which time Contractor shall proceed with the Work.
2.
SITE EXAMINATION: Contractor has examined the Site and certifies that it accepts all
measurements, specifications and conditions affecting the Work to be performed at the
Site. By submitting its quote, Contractor warrants that it has made all Site
examination(s) that it deems necessary as to the condition of the Site, its accessibility
for materials, workers and utilities, and Contractor’s ability to protect existing surface
and subsurface improvements. No claim for allowance of time or money will be allowed
as to any other undiscovered condition on the Site.
3.
EQUIPMENT AND LABOR: The Contractor shall furnish all tools, equipment,
apparatus, facilities, transportation, labor, and material necessary to furnish the
Services, the Services to be performed at such times and places as directed by and
subject to the approval of the authorized District representative indicated in the Work
specifications attached hereto.
4.
SUBCONTRACTORS: Contractor shall comply with the Subletting and Subcontracting
Fair Practices Act (Public Contract Code, section 4100 et. seq.) Contractor shall identify
by name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform
work or labor or render service in or about the construction of the Project in an amount
in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor’s contract price or ten thousand
dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Subcontractors, if any, engaged by the
Contractor for any Service or Work under this Contract shall be subject to the approval
of the District. Contractor agrees to bind every subcontractor by the terms of the
Contract as far as such terms are applicable to subcontractor’s work, including, without
limitation, all indemnification, insurance, bond, and warranty requirements. If
Contractor subcontracts any part of this Contract, Contractor shall be fully responsible
to the District for acts and omissions of its subcontractor and of persons either directly
or indirectly employed by itself. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall
create any contractual relations between any subcontractor and the District.
5.
NOTICE OF LABOR DISPUTES: Whenever the Contractor has knowledge that any
actual or potential labor dispute is delaying or is threatening to delay the timely
performance of its Contract, the Contractor shall immediately give notice thereof,
including all relevant information with respect thereto, to the District. In addition, the
Contractor shall take all appropriate measures to eliminate or minimize the effect of
such labor dispute on the currently accepted construction Schedule, including but not
limited to such measures as: promptly seeking appropriate injunctive relief; filing
appropriate charges with the National Labor Relations Board under the applicable
provisions of the Labor Management Relations Act of 1947, as amended; filing
appropriate damage actions; taking such measures as establishing a reserved gate, as
appropriate; if reasonably feasible, seeking other sources of supply or service; or any
other measures that may be appropriately utilized to limit or eliminate the effect of the
labor dispute. To the extent the Contractor fails to initiate measures that are
appropriate, it is not entitled to an extension of time. In addition, any delay impact on
any other Contractor's schedule or on the Construction Schedule will be considered as a
Contractor-caused delay under any and all applicable provisions of the Contract.
CUPCCAA – Terms and Conditions to Contract Page 1 of 8
6.
TERMINATION: If Contractor fails to perform the Services and Contractor’s duties to
the satisfaction of the District, or if Contractor fails to fulfill in a timely and professional
manner Contractor’s obligations under this Contract, or if Contractor violates any of the
Terms or Provisions of this Contract, the District shall have the right to terminate this
Contract effective immediately upon the District giving written notice thereof to the
Contractor. District shall also have the right in its sole discretion to terminate the
Contract for its own convenience. Termination shall have no effect upon any of the
rights and obligations of the parties arising out of any transaction occurring prior to the
effective date of termination.
7.
SAFETY AND SECURITY: Contractor is responsible for maintaining safety in the
performance of this Contract. Contractor shall be responsible for complying with the
District’s the rules and regulations pertaining to safety, security, and driving on school
grounds, particularly when children are present.
8.
CHANGE IN SCOPE OF WORK: Any change in the scope of the Work, method of
performance, nature of materials or price thereof, or any other matter materially
affecting the performance or nature of the Work shall not be paid for or accepted by
District unless such change, addition, or deletion is approved in advance and in writing
by a valid change order executed by the District. Contractor specifically understands,
acknowledges, and agrees that the District shall have the right to request any
alterations, deviations, reductions, or additions to the Project or Work, and the cost
thereof shall be added to or deducted from the amount of the Contract Price by fair and
reasonable valuations. Contractor also agrees to provide the District with all
information requested to substantiate the cost of any change order and to inform the
District whether the Work will be done by the Contractor or a subcontractor. In addition
to any other information requested, Contractor shall submit, prior to approval of any
change order, its request for a time extension (if any), as well as all information
necessary to substantiate Contractor’s belief that such change will delay the completion
of the Work. If Contractor fails to submit its request for a time extension or the
necessary supporting information, it shall be deemed to have waived its right to request
such extension. Please refer to the District’s Format for Proposed Change Order form for
maximum allowable labor and material mark-up.
9.
TRENCH SHORING: If this Contract is in excess of $25,000 and is for the excavation of
any trench deeper than five (5) feet, Contractor must submit and obtain District’s
approval and acceptance, in advance of excavation, of a detailed plan showing the
design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection
from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench or trenches. If
the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a
registered civil or structural engineer.
10.
ENCOUNTERING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS:

Excavations over Four Feet: If this Contract includes excavations over four
(4) feet, Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are
disturbed, notify the District, in writing, of any: (1) Material that the
Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in
Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed
to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions
of existing law; (2) Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the Site
differing from those indicated; or (3) Unknown physical conditions at the Site
of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered
CUPCCAA – Terms and Conditions to Contract Page 2 of 8
and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in
the Contract.

All other Hazardous Materials or Conditions: The Contractor shall
promptly notify the District, in writing, of any materials or conditions it
believes constitute hazardous waste, and the District shall promptly
investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so
differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in
the Contractor's cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of
the Work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in the
Contract. In the event that a dispute arises between the District and the
Contractor regarding whether the conditions materially differ, or involve
hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the Contractor's cost of,
or time required for, performance of any part of the work, the Contractor
shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the
Contract, but shall proceed with all Work. Contractor shall retain any and all
rights provided either by Contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of
disputes and protests between the contracting parties.
11.
LEAD-BASED PAINT: Pursuant to the Lead-Safe Schools Protection Act (Education
Code Section 32240 et seq.) and other applicable law, no lead-based paint, lead
plumbing and solders, or other potential sources of lead contamination shall be utilized
on this Project, and only trained and state-certified contractors, inspectors and workers
shall undertake any action to abate existing risk factors for lead. Contractor must
execute the Lead-Based Paint Certification, if applicable.
12.
WORKERS: Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among
its employees and the employees of its subcontractors and shall not employ or work
any unfit person or anyone not skilled in work assigned to him or her. Any person in
the employ of the Contractor or a subcontractor whom the District may deem
incompetent or unfit shall be dismissed from the Site and shall not again be employed
at Site without written consent from the District.
13.
DRUG-FREE / SMOKE FREE POLICY: No drugs, alcohol and/or smoking are allowed
at any time in any buildings and/or grounds on District property. No students, staff,
visitors, consultants or contractors are to use drugs on these sites. No Smoking is
allowed onsite within fifteen (15) feet from any exit, entrance, operable window or
vents. (SFHC Art. 19(f).)
14.
CORRECTION OF ERRORS: Contractor shall perform, at its own cost and expense and
without reimbursement from the District, any work necessary to correct errors or
omissions which are caused by the Contractor’s failure to comply with the standard of
care required herein.
15.
SUBSTITUTIONS: No substitutions of material from those specified in the Work
Specifications shall be made without the prior written approval of the District.
16.
CONTRACTOR SUPERVISION: Contractor shall provide competent supervision of
personnel employed on the job Site, use of equipment, and quality of workmanship,
17.
CLEAN UP: Debris shall be removed from the Premises. The Site shall be in order at all
times when work is not actually being performed and shall be maintained in a
reasonably clean condition.
CUPCCAA – Terms and Conditions to Contract Page 3 of 8
18.
ACCESS TO WORK: District representatives shall at all times have access to the
Work wherever it is in preparation or in progress. Contractor shall provide safe and
proper facilities for such access.
19.
PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY: Contractor shall erect and properly
maintain at all times, as required by conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary
safeguards, signs, barriers, lights, and security persons for protection of workers and
the public, and shall post danger signs warning against hazards created by the Work.
In an emergency affecting life and safety of life or of Work or of adjoining property,
Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from District, is permitted to act
at his discretion to prevent such threatened loss or injury. Contractor shall be
responsible for all damages to persons or property that occur as a result of its fault or
negligence in connection with the prosecution of the Contract and shall take all
necessary measures and be responsible for the proper care and completion and final
acceptance by District.
20.
ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT: Contractor shall not assign or transfer in any way any
or all of its rights, burdens, duties, or obligations under this Contract without the prior
written consent of the District.
21.
TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE: Time is of the essence in the performance of and
compliance with each of the provisions and conditions of this Contract. The
Contractor is expected to work during school hours. Any demolition or new
construction work that will entail use of heavy and noisy equipment shall be
performed after school hours or weekends.
22.
WEATHER DAYS. Delays due to adverse weather conditions will only be permitted
only if the number of days of adverse weather exceeds the following parameters and
only if Contractor can verify that adverse weather caused delays exceeds the following
number of calendar days: January, [11]; February [10]; March [10]; April [6]; May [3];
June [1]; July [0]; August [0]; September [1]; October [4]; November [7]; December
[10].
23.
OCCUPANCY: District reserves the right to occupy buildings at any time before formal
Contract completion and such occupancy shall not constitute final acceptance or
approval of any part of the Work covered by this Contract, nor shall such occupancy
extend the date specified for completion of the Work.
24.
FORCE MAJEUR CLAUSE: Contractor shall be excused from performance hereunder
during the time and to the extent that it is prevented from obtaining delivery, or
performing by act of God, fire, strike, loss, or shortage of transportation facilities,
lock-out, commandeering of materials, product, plant, or facilities by the government,
when satisfactory evidence thereof is presented to the District, provided that it is
satisfactorily established that the non-performance is not due to the fault or neglect of
Contractor.
25.
INDEMNIFICATION / HOLD HARMLESS CLAUSE: To the furthest extent permitted
by California law, Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the District,
their agents, representatives, officers, consultants, employees, and volunteers (the
“indemnified parties”) from any and all demands, losses, liabilities, claims, suits, and
actions (the “claims”) of any kind, nature, and description, including, but not limited to,
attorneys’ fees and costs, directly or indirectly arising from personal or bodily injuries,
death, property damage, or otherwise arising out of, connected with, or resulting from
the performance of this Contract unless the claims are caused wholly by the sole
negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified parties. The District shall have the
CUPCCAA – Terms and Conditions to Contract Page 4 of 8
right to accept or reject any legal representation that Contractor proposes to defend the
District.
26.
PAYMENT: On a monthly basis, Contractor shall submit an application for payment
based upon the estimated value for materials delivered or services performed under the
Contract as of the date of submission (“Application for Payment”). Within thirty (30)
days after District’s approval of the Application for Payment, Contractor shall be paid a
sum equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of the Work performed (as verified
by Architect and Inspector and certified by Contractor) up to the last day of the
previous month, less the aggregate of previous payments and amount to be withheld.
The District may deduct from any payment an amount necessary to protect the District
from loss because of: (1) liquidated damages which have accrued as of the date of the
application for payment; (2) any sums expended by the District in performing any of
Contractor’s obligations under the Contract which Contractor has failed to perform or
has performed inadequately; (3) defective Work not remedied; (4) stop notices as
allowed by state law; (5) reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the
unpaid balance of the Total Contract price or by the scheduled completion date; (6)
unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by Contractor; (7) unauthorized deviations from
the Contract; (8) failure of the Contractor to maintain or submit on a timely basis
proper and sufficient documentation as required by the Contract or by District during
the prosecution of the Work; (9) erroneous or false estimates by the Contractor of the
value of the Work performed; (10) any sums representing expenses, losses, or
damages, as determined by the District, incurred by the District for which Contractor is
liable under the Contract; and (11) any other sums which the District is entitled to
recover from Contractor under the terms of the Contract or pursuant to state law,
including section 1727 of the California Labor Code. The failure by the District to
deduct any of these sums from a progress payment shall not constitute a waiver of the
District’s right to such sums. The District shall retain five percent (5%) from all
amounts owing as retention. Retention shall be paid pursuant to Public Contract Code
sections 7107, 7200, 7201 and 9200, et seq.
27.
PERMITS AND LICENSES: Contractor and all of its employees, agents, and
subcontractors shall secure and maintain in force, at Contractor’s sole cost and
expense, all licenses and permits as are required by law, in connection with the
furnishing of materials, supplies, or Services herein listed.
28.
INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR STATUS: While engaged in carrying out the Services
of this Contract, the Contractor is an independent contractor, and not an officer,
employee, agent, partner, or joint venture of the District. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for its own Worker's Compensation insurance, taxes, and other similar
charges or obligations. Contractor shall be liable for its own actions, including its
negligence or gross negligence, and shall be liable for the acts, omissions, or errors of
its agents or employees.
29.
ANTI-DISCRIMINATION: It is the policy of the District that in connection with all
work performed under contracts there be no discrimination against any employee
engaged in the work because of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry,
physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital
status, sex, gender, gender identity, gender expression, age, sexual orientation,
military and veteran status, or any other protected characteristic, and therefore the
Contractor agrees to comply with applicable Federal and California laws including, but
not limited to the California Fair Employment Practice Act beginning with Government
Code Section 12900 and Labor Code Section 1735. In addition, the Contractor agrees
to require like compliance by all its subcontractor(s).
CUPCCAA – Terms and Conditions to Contract Page 5 of 8
30.
DISABLED VETERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: N/A
31.
WARRANTY/QUALITY: Unless a longer warranty is called for elsewhere in the
Contract, Contractor, manufacturer, or their assigned agents shall guarantee the
workmanship, product or Services performed against defective workmanship, defects or
failures of materials for a minimum period of two (2) years from District’s written
approval of the Work. All workmanship and merchandise must be warranted to be in
compliance with applicable California energy, conservation, environmental, and
educational standards.
32.
INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS: Three (3) copies each of all maintenance
instructions, application/installation instructions and service materials called for in the
Contract Documents shall be provided by the Contractor. These shall be complete as to
drawings, details parts lists, performance data and other information that may be
required for the District to easily maintain and service the materials and equipment
installed under this Contract. All manufacturers’ application/installation instructions
shall be given to the Inspector at least ten (10) days prior to first material application
or installation of the item by the Contractor. The maintenance instructions and
manuals, along with any specified guarantees, shall be delivered by the Contractor to
the Architect for review prior to submission to the District. The Contractor or
appropriate Subcontractors shall instruct District’s personnel in the operation and
maintenance of the more complex equipment prior to final acceptance of the Project.
33.
CONFIDENTIALITY: Contractor shall maintain the confidentiality of all information,
documents, programs, procedures, and all other items that Contractor encounters while
performing the Contractor’s Services to the extent allowed by law. This requirement
shall be ongoing and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Contract and
specifically includes all student, parent, and disciplinary information.
34.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS: Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws,
ordinance, rules and regulations bearing on conduct of the Work as indicated or
specified. If Contractor observes that any of the Work required by this Contract is at
variance with any such laws, ordinance, rules or regulations, Contractor shall notify the
District, in writing, and, at the sole option of the District, any necessary changes to the
scope of the Work shall be made and this Contract shall be appropriately amended in
writing, or this Contract shall be terminated effective upon Contractor’s receipt of a
written termination notice from the District. If Contractor performs any work that is in
violation of any laws, ordinances, rules or regulations, without first notifying the District
of the violation, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom.
35.
DISPUTES: In the event of a dispute between the Parties as to performance of the
Work, the interpretation of this Contract, or payment or nonpayment for Work
performed or not performed, the Parties shall attempt to resolve the dispute by those
procedures set forth in Public Contract Code section 20104, et seq., if applicable.
Pending resolution of the dispute, Contractor agrees it will neither rescind the Contract
nor stop the progress of the Work, but will allow determination by the court of the State
of California, in the county in which the District’s administration office is located, having
competent jurisdiction of the dispute. All claims over Three Hundred Seventy-Five
Thousand Dollars ($375,000), which are outside the scope of Public Contract Code
section 20104, et seq., may be determined by independent arbitration if mutually
agreeable, otherwise by litigation.
- Notice of the demand for arbitration of a dispute shall be filed in writing
with the other Party.
- The demand for arbitration of any claim of over Three Hundred
Seventy-five Thousand Dollars ($375,000) shall be made within a
CUPCCAA – Terms and Conditions to Contract Page 6 of 8
reasonable time after written notice of the dispute has been provided to
the other Party, but in no case longer than ninety (90) days after initial
written notice, and the demand shall not be made later than the time of
Contractor submission of the request for final payment.
36.
LABOR CODE REQUIREMENTS: Provided that the Contract Price is more than
$1,000, and the Work is a “public works” under the Labor Code, the Parties agree as
follows:
-
The Work is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the
Department of Industrial Relations.
-
District hereby provides notice of the requirements described in Labor
Code § 1771.1(a) that a contractor or subcontractor shall not be
qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, or engage in the
performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered
and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code § 1725.5.
-
Contractor acknowledges that all or a portion of the Services under this
Contract are a public work, and that it and its subcontractors have
complied with Labor Code § 1725.5, including, without limitation, the
registration requirements thereof.
-
Contractor shall post all required job site notices and shall comply with
all applicable requirements prescribed thereby, including but not limited
to Labor Code § 1771.4.
-
Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of the Labor Code,
Division 3, Part 7, Chapter 1, Articles 1-5, including, without limitation,
the payment of the general prevailing per diem wage rates for public
work projects of more than one thousand dollars ($1,000).
-
Copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file with the
District.
-
Contractor and each subcontractor shall comply with Chapter 1 of
Division 2, Part 7 of the Labor Code, beginning with § 1720, and
including §§ 1735, 1777.5 and 1777.6, forbidding discrimination, and
§§ 1776, 1777.5 and 1777.6 concerning the employment of apprentices
by Contractor or subcontractors. Willful failure to comply may result in
penalties, including loss of the right to bid on or receive public works
contracts.
37.
ANTI-TRUST CLAIM: Contractor and its subcontractor(s) agree to assign to the
District all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action they may have under
Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2
(commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and
Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to
the Contract or a subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at
the time the District tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further
acknowledgment by the Parties.
38.
GOVERNING LAW: This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of California with venue of any action in a in the county in
CUPCCAA – Terms and Conditions to Contract Page 7 of 8
which the District’s administration office is located.
39.
PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW DEEMED INSERTED: Each and every provision of
law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be
inserted herein and this Contract shall be read and enforced as though it were included
therein.
40.
BINDING CONTRACT: This Contract shall be binding upon the Parties hereto and upon
their successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their
successors and assigns.
41.
DISTRICT WAIVER: District's waiver of any term, condition, covenant or waiver of a
breach of any term, condition or covenant shall not constitute the waiver of any other
term, condition or covenant or the waiver of a breach of any other term, condition or
covenant.
42.
INVALID TERM: If any provision of this Contract is declared or determined by any
court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality,
validity or enforceability of the remaining parts, terms and provisions shall not be
affected thereby, and said illegal, unenforceable or invalid part, term or provision will be
deemed not to be a part of this Contract.
43.
ENTIRE CONTRACT: This Contract sets forth the entire Contract between the Parties
hereto and fully supersedes any and all prior agreements, understanding, written or
oral, between the Parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter thereof. This Contract
may be modified only by a writing evidencing the Parties’ mutual consent.
CUPCCAA – Terms and Conditions to Contract Page 8 of 8
PREVAILING WAGE CERTIFICATION
I hereby certify that I will conform to the State of California Public Works Contract requirements
regarding prevailing wages, benefits, on-site audits with 48-hours’ notice, payroll records, and
apprentice and trainee employment requirements, for all Work on the above Project.
Date:
Proper Name of Contractor:
Signature:
Print Name:
Title:
Contract – Prevailing Wage Certification Page 1 of 1
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION
Labor Code section 3700 in relevant part provides:
Every employer except the State shall secure the payment of compensation in one or more
of the following ways:
a.
By being insured against liability to pay compensation by one or more insurers duly
authorized to write compensation insurance in this state.
b.
By securing from the Director of Industrial Relations a certificate of consent to selfinsure, which may be given upon furnishing proof satisfactory to the Director of
Industrial Relations of ability to self-insure and to pay any compensation that may
become due to his employees.
I am aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be
insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance
with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the
performance of the Work of this Contract.
Date:
Proper Name of Contractor:
Signature:
Print Name:
Title:
(In accordance with Article 5 - commencing at section 1860, chapter 1, part 7, division 2 of the
Labor Code, the above certificate must be signed and filed with the awarding body prior to
performing any Work under this Contract.)
Contract – Workers Compensation Certification Page 1 of 1
CRIMINAL BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION CERTIFICATION
The undersigned does hereby certify to the governing board of the District that (1) he/she is a
representative of the Contractor, (2) he/she is familiar with the facts herein certified, (3) he/she is
authorized and qualified to execute this certificate on behalf of Contractor; and (4) that the
following is true and correct:
1. Education Code. Contractor has taken at least one of the following actions with respect to the
Project (check all that apply):
The Contractor has complied with the fingerprinting requirements of Education Code
section 45125.1 with respect to all Contractor's employees and all of its subcontractors’
employees who may have contact with District pupils in the course of providing services
pursuant to the Contract, and the California Department of Justice has determined that
none of those employees has been convicted of a felony, as that term is defined in
Education Code section 45122.1. A complete and accurate list of Contractor's
employees and of all of its subcontractors' employees who may come in contact with
District pupils during the course and scope of the Contract is attached hereto; and/or
Pursuant to Education Code section 45125.2, Contractor has installed or will install, prior
to commencement of work , a physical barrier at the Project site, that will limit contact
between Contractor's employees and District pupils at all times; and/or
Pursuant to Education Code section 45125.2, Contractor certifies that all employees will
be under the continual supervision of, and monitored by, an employee of the Contractor
who the California Department of Justice has ascertained has not been convicted of a
violent or serious felony. The name and title of the employee who will be supervising
Contractor's employees and its subcontractors' employees is:
Name:
Title:
The Work on the Contract is at an unoccupied school site and no employee and/or
subcontractor or supplier of any tier of Contract shall come in contact with the District
pupils.
2. Megan’s Law (Sex Offenders). I have verified and will continue to verify that the employees
of Contractor that will be on the Project site and the employees of the Subcontractor(s) that will
be on the Project site are not listed on California’s “Megan’s Law” Website
(http://www.meganslaw.ca.gov/).
Contractor’s responsibility for background clearance extends to all of its employees,
subcontractors, and employees of subcontractors coming into contact with District pupils regardless
of whether they are designated as employees or acting as independent contractors of the
Contractor.
Date:
Proper Name of Contractor:
Signature:
Print Name:
Title:
Contract – Criminal Background Investigation Certification
Page 1 of 1
DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION
PROJECT NO.:
the “Owner”) and
“Bidder”)
This Drug-Free Workplace Certification form is required from the successful Bidder pursuant to
Government Code section 8350 et seq., the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990. The Drug-Free
Workplace Act of 1990 requires that every person or organization awarded a contract or grant for
the procurement of any property or service from any state agency must certify that it will provide a
drug-free workplace by doing certain specified acts. In addition, the Act provides that each
contract or grant awarded by a state agency may be subject to suspension of payments or
termination of the contract or grant, and the contractor or grantee may be subject to debarment
from future contracting, if the contracting agency determines that specified acts have occurred.
The District is not a “state agency” as defined in the applicable section(s) of the Government Code,
but the District is a local agency and public school district under California law and requires all
contractors on District projects to comply with the provisions and requirements of Government
Code section 8350 et seq., the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990.
Contractor shall certify that it will provide a drug-free workplace by doing all of the following:
1.
Publishing a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensation, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the person’s or
organization’s workplace and specifying actions which will be taken against employees for
violations of the prohibition;
2.
Establishing a drug-free awareness program to inform employees about all of the following:
between San Francisco Unified School District (the “District” or
(the “Contractor” or
, (the “Contract” or the “Project”).
3.
a.
The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace.
b.
The person’s or organization’s policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace.
c.
The availability of drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee-assistance
programs.
d.
The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.
Requiring that each employee engaged in the performance of the contract or grant be given
a copy of the statement required above, and that, as a condition of employment on the
contract or grant, the employee agrees to abide by the terms of the statement.
I, the undersigned, agree to fulfill the terms and requirements of Government Code section 8355
listed above and will publish a statement notifying employees concerning (a) the prohibition of
controlled substance at the workplace, (b) establishing a drug-free awareness program, and (c)
requiring that each employee engaged in the performance of the contract be given a copy of the
statement required by section 8355(a), and requiring that the employee agree to abide by the
terms of that statement.
I also understand that if the District determines that I have either (a) made a false certification
herein, or (b) violated this certification by failing to carry out the requirements of section 8355,
that the Contract awarded herein is subject to termination, suspension of payments, or both. I
Contract – Drug‐Free Workplace Certification Page 1 of 2
further understand that, should I violate the terms of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990, I may
be subject to debarment in accordance with the requirements of section 8350 et seq.
I acknowledge that I am aware of the provisions of Government Code section 8350 et seq. and
hereby certify that I will adhere to the requirements of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990.
Date:
Proper Name of Contractor:
Signature:
Print Name:
Title:
Contract – Drug‐Free Workplace Certification Page 2 of 2
SMOKE-FREE ENVIRONMENT CERTIFICATION
PROJECT NO.:
the “Owner”) and
“Bidder”)
between San Francisco Unified School District (the “District” or
(the “Contractor” or the
(the “Contract” or the “Project”).
This Smoke-Free Environment Certification form is required from the successful Bidder.
Pursuant to, without limitation, 20 U.S.C section 6083, Labor Code section 6400 et seq., Health &
Safety Code section 104350 et seq. and District Board Policies, all District sites, including the
Project site, are tobacco-free environments. Smoking and the use of tobacco products by all
persons is prohibited on or in District property. District property includes school buildings, school
grounds, school owned vehicles and vehicles owned by others while on District property. No
Smoking is allowed onsite within fifteen (15) feet from any exit, entrance, operable window or
vents. (SFHC Art. 19(f).)
I acknowledge that I am aware of the District’s policy regarding tobacco-free environments at
District sites, including the Project site and hereby certify that I will adhere to the requirements of
that policy and not permit any of my firm’s employees, agents, subcontractors, or my firm’s
subcontractors’ employees or agents to use tobacco and/or smoke on the Project site.
Date:
Proper Name of Contractor:
Signature:
Print Name:
Title:
Contract – Smoke‐Free Environment Certification Page 1 of 1
ASBESTOS & OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CERTIFICATION
Contractor hereby certifies that no Asbestos, or Asbestos-Containing Materials, polychlorinated
biphenyl (PCB), or any material listed by the federal or state Environmental Protection Agency or
federal or state health agencies as a hazardous material, or any other material defined as being
hazardous under federal or state laws, rules, or regulations “New Material Hazardous”, shall be
furnished, installed, or incorporated in any way into the Project or in any tools, devices, clothing, or
equipment used to affect any portion of Contractor's work on the Project for District.
Contractor further certifies that it has instructed its employees with respect to the abovementioned standards, hazards, risks, and liabilities.
Asbestos and/or asbestos-containing material shall be defined as all items containing but not
limited to chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite, anthophyllite, tremolite, and actinolite. Any or all
material containing greater than one-tenth of one percent (.1%) asbestos shall be defined as
asbestos-containing material.
Any disputes involving the question of whether or not material is New Hazardous Material shall be
settled by electron microscopy or other appropriate and recognized testing procedure, at the
District’s determination. The costs of any such tests shall be paid by Contractor if the material is
found to be New Hazardous Material.
All Work or materials found to be New Hazardous Material or Work or material installed with “New
Hazardous Material” containing equipment will be immediately rejected and this Work will be
removed at Contractor's expense at no additional cost to the District.
Contractor has read and understood the document Hazardous Materials Procedures &
Requirements, and shall comply with all the provisions outlined therein.
Date:
Proper Name of Contractor:
Signature:
Print Name:
Title:
Contract – Asbestos & Other Hazardous Materials Certification
Page 1 of 1
LEAD-PRODUCT(S) CERTIFICATION
California Occupational Safety and Health Administration (CalOSHA), Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA), California Department of Health Services (DHS), California Department of Education
(CDE), and the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) regulate lead-containing paint and
lead products. Because the Contractor and its employees will be providing services for the District,
and because the Contractor’s work may disturb lead-containing building materials, CONTRACTOR
IS HEREBY NOTIFIED of the potential presence of lead-containing materials located within
certain buildings utilized by the District. All school buildings built prior to 1993 are presumed to
contain some lead-based paint until sampling proves otherwise.
The CDE mandates that school districts utilize DHS lead-certified personnel when a lead-based
hazard is identified. Examples of lead-certified personnel include: project designers, inspectors,
and abatement workers. Furthermore, since it is assumed by the district that all painted surfaces
(interior as well as exterior) within the District contain some level of lead, it is imperative that the
Contractor, its workers and subcontractors fully and adequately comply with all applicable laws,
rules and regulations governing lead-based materials (Including Title 8, California Code of
Regulations, Section 1532.1). Any and all Work which may result in the disturbance of leadcontaining building materials must be coordinated through the District.
The California Education Code also prohibits the use or import of lead-containing paint, lead
plumbing and solders, or other potential sources of lead contamination in the construction of any
new school facility or in the modernization or renovation of any existing school facility. The
Contractor shall provide the District with any sample results prior to beginning Work, during the
Work, and after the completion of the Work. The District may request to examine, prior to the
commencement of the Work, the lead training records of each employee of the Contractor.
If failure to comply with these laws, rules, and regulations results in a site or worker
contamination, the Contractor will be held solely responsible for all costs involved in any required
corrective actions, and shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the District, pursuant to the
indemnification provisions of the Contract, for all damages and other claims arising therefrom. If
lead disturbance is anticipated in the Work, only persons with appropriate accreditation,
registrations, licenses and training shall conduct this Work.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to properly dispose of any and all waste products,
including but not limited to, paint chips, any collected residue, or any other visual material that
may occur from the prepping of any painted surface. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor
to provide the proper disposal of any hazardous waste by a certified hazardous waste hauler. This
company shall be registered with the Department of Transportation (DOT) and shall be able to
issue a current manifest number upon transporting any hazardous material from any school site
within the District.
Contract – Lead‐Product(s) Certification Page 1 of 2
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES, UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY, THAT HE OR SHE
HAS RECEIVED NOTIFICATION OF POTENTIAL LEAD-BASED MATERIALS ON THE OWNER’S
PROPERTY, AS WELL AS THE EXISTENCE OF APPLICABLE LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS
GOVERNING WORK WITH, AND DISPOSAL OF, SUCH MATERIALS WITH WHICH IT MUST COMPLY.
THE UNDERSIGNED ALSO WARRANTS THAT HE OR SHE HAS THE AUTHORITY TO SIGN ON BEHALF
OF AND BIND THE CONTRACTOR.
Date:
Proper Name of Contractor:
Signature:
Print Name:
Title:
Contract – Lead‐Product(s) Certification Page 2 of 2
PERFORMANCE BOND
PERFORMANCE BOND (100% of Contract Price)
(Note: Contractors must use this form, NOT a surety company form.)
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
WHEREAS, the governing board (“Board”) of the San Francisco Unified School District (“District”)
and
, (“Principal)” have entered into a contract for the
furnishing of all materials and labor, services and transportation, necessary, convenient, and
proper to perform the following project:
(“Project” or “Contract”)
(Project Name)
which Contract dated
, 20
, and all of the Contract Documents
attached to or forming a part of the Contract, are hereby referred to and made a part hereof, and
WHEREAS, said Principal is required under the terms of the Contract to furnish a bond for the
faithful performance of the Contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Principal and
and firmly bound unto the Board of the District in the penal sum of:
(“Surety”) are held
DOLLARS
($
), lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum
well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns jointly and severally, firmly by these presents, to:
-
Perform all the work required to complete the Project; and
-
Pay to the District all damages the District incurs as a result of the Principal’s failure to
perform all the Work required to complete the Project.
The condition of the obligation is such that, if the above bounden Principal, his or its heirs,
executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well
and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any
alteration thereof made as therein provided, on his or its part to be kept and performed at the time
and in the intent and meaning, including all contractual guarantees and warrantees of materials
and workmanship, and shall indemnify and save harmless the District, its trustees, officers and
agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void, otherwise it shall be
and remain in full force and virtue.
As a condition precedent to the satisfactory completion of the Contract, the above obligation shall
hold good for a period equal to the warranty and/or guarantee period of the Contract, during which
time Surety’s obligation shall continue if Contractor shall fail to make full, complete, and
satisfactory repair, replace, and totally protect the District from loss or damage resulting from or
caused by defective materials or faulty workmanship. The obligations of Surety hereunder shall
continue so long as any obligation of Contractor remains. Nothing herein shall limit the District’s
rights or the Contractor’s or Surety’s obligations under the Contract, law or equity, including, but
not limited to, California Code of Civil Procedure section 337.15.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time,
Contract – Performance Bond Page 1 of 2
alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall
in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,
extension of time, alteration, or addition to the Contract Documents or to the Work.
Any claims under this bond may be addressed to the Surety at the following address.
This cannot be the Contractor’s broker for this bond, but must be an employee of the
Surety or the Surety’s legal counsel:
Attention:
Telephone No.:
(
)
-
Fax No.:
(
)
-
E-mail Address:
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, two (2) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all
purposes be deemed an original thereof, have been duly executed by the Principal and Surety
above named, on the
day of
, 20
.
Principal
Surety
(Name of Principal)
(Name of Surety)
(Signature of Person with Authority)
(Signature of Person with Authority)
(Print Name)
(Print Name)
(Name of California Agent of Surety)
(Address of California Agent of Surety)
(Telephone Number of California Agent of Surety)
Contractor must attach a Notarial Acknowledgment for all Surety's signatures and a
Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority for Surety. The California Department of
Insurance must authorize the Surety to be an admitted surety insurer.
Contract – Performance Bond Page 2 of 2
PAYMENT BOND
PAYMENT BOND -- Contractor's Labor & Material Bond (100% of Contract Price)
(Note: Contractors must use this form, NOT a surety company form.)
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
WHEREAS, the governing board (“Board”) of the San Francisco Unified School District (or
“District”) and
, (“Principal”) have entered into a contract for the
furnishing of all materials and labor, services and transportation, necessary, convenient, and
proper to
(Project Name)
(“Project” or “Contract”)
which Contract dated
, 20
, and all of the Contract Documents
attached to or forming a part of the Contract, are hereby referred to and made a part hereof, and
WHEREAS, pursuant to law and the Contract, the Principal is required, before entering upon the
performance of the work, to file a good and sufficient bond with the body by which the Contract is
awarded in an amount equal to 100 percent (100%) of the Contract price, to secure the claims to
which reference is made in sections 3179 through 3214 and 3247 through 3252 of the Civil Code of
California, and division 2, part 7, of the Labor Code of California.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Principal and
, (“Surety”) are held
and firmly bound unto all laborers, material men, and other persons referred to in said statutes in
the penal sum of:
DOLLARS
($
), lawful money of the United States, being a sum not less than the
total amount payable by the terms of Contract, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be
made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and
severally, by these presents.
The condition of this obligation is that if the Principal or any of his or its subcontractors, of the
heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns of any, all, or either of them shall fail to
pay for any labor, materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, used in, upon, for or about
the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind,
or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or labor,
that the Surety will pay the same in an amount not exceeding the amount herein above set forth,
and also in case suit is brought upon this bond, will pay a reasonable attorney's fee to be awarded
and fixed by the Court, and to be taxed as costs and to be included in the judgment therein
rendered.
It is hereby expressly stipulated and agreed that this bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all
persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under sections 3179 through 3214 and
3247 through 3252 of the Civil Code, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any
suit brought upon this bond.
Should the condition of this bond be fully performed, then this obligation shall become null and
void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and affect.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time,
Contract – Payment Bond Page 1 of 2
alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall
in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,
extension of time, alteration, or addition to the Contract Documents or to the Work.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, two (2) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all
purposes be deemed an original thereof, have been duly executed by the Principal and Surety
above named, on the
day of
, 20
.
Principal
Surety
(Name of Principal)
(Name of Surety)
(Signature of Person with Authority)
(Signature of Person with Authority)
(Print Name)
(Print Name)
(Name of California Agent of Surety)
(Address of California Agent of Surety)
(Telephone Number of California Agent of Surety)
Contractor must attach a Notarial Acknowledgment for all Surety's signatures and a
Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority for Surety. The California Department of
Insurance must authorize the Surety to be an admitted surety insurer.
Contract – Payment Bond Page 2 of 2
FORMAT FOR PROPOSED CHANGE ORDERS
Line
1
Item
Amount ($) (+/-)
Direct Labor and allowable Fringe Benefit
Costs (1A and 1B):
Attach applicable supporting documentation with
itemized breakdowns of Total Basic Labor / Total
Basic
Fringe
Benefits
for
each
trade
classification.
1A. Total Basic Labor, per applicable DIR
Published Determination(s) $
1B. Total Basic Fringe Benefits, per applicable
DIR Published Determination(s)
Line 1Subtotal of Lines: 1A + 1B =
Materials:
Attach itemized quantity and unit cost plus sales
tax and invoice(s) from vendor(s).
Equipment:
Attach invoice(s) from supplier(s).
2
3
4
Line 4Subtotal of Lines: 1 + 2 + 3 =
Markup on Self-Performed Work - Single markup not-to-exceed 10% of Line 4. (Applies to
Contractor or Sub, regardless of tier)
Prime Contractor or First Tier Sub Markup on
Lower-Tier Subcontractor(s) Work- not-toexceed 5% of Line 4.
5
6
7
Line 7Subtotal of Lines: 4 + 5 + 6 =
Markup for Labor Burden on Direct Labor Costs
(payroll taxes and premiums), not-to-exceed 25%
of Line 1A, absent supporting documentation.
(FICA, FUTA , SUTA, WC, etc.)
Bonds & Insurance for Prime/General Contractor
Only, Applied only to Line 4 (Max 2%):
8
9
10
TOTAL Subtotal of Lines: 7 + 8 + 9 =

LINE 1A
Basic/Direct Labor

LINE 1B
Fringe Benefits
-
Labor breakdown by trade classification, basic hourly rate and employer
payments (e.g., fringe benefits) as published by the DIR, and estimated
hours. Labor costs shall only include fringe benefits indicated by governing
Contract – Format for Proposed Change Order Page 1 of 4
trade organizations. Wages shall not exceed current prevailing wages in the
locality for performance of the changes.
Maximum Allowable Labor Burden.
-
The allowable labor burden (“Labor Burden”) on changes shall be defined as
including only (i) Contractor's net actual cost of payroll taxes (including FICA,
Medicare, SUTA, FUTA) and (ii) Contractor’s net actual cost for worker's
compensation insurance (taking into consideration, without limitation,
adjustments for experience modifiers, premium discounts, dividends, rebates,
expense constants, assigned risk pool costs, net cost reductions due to
policies with deductibles for self-insured losses, assigned risk rebates, etc.).
-
With respect to pricing Labor Burden of PCOs and Change Orders, District has
established a maximum allowable amount of twenty-five percent (25%) of the
Labor Burden associated with the work of the change as a reasonable
percentage to be used for pricing PCOs and Change Orders. However, the
percentage-amount of Labor Burden allowed for the work of a change may be
examined and adjusted by District, in its sole discretion, if documentation
justifiably establishes the percentage-amount should be so adjusted; in no
event shall the percentage-amount applied to a PCO or Change Order exceed
thirty percent (30%).

LINE 2
Material.
Material quantities, and types of products, and transportation costs, if
applicable.
LINE 3
Equipment. Equipment breakdown by make, type, size, rental rates,
equipment hours and transportation costs, if applicable.
-

-
The equipment costs shall not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the
Association of Equipment Distributors (AED) rental rates or Caltrans rates,
whichever is less. Hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates shall be used,
whichever is lower. Hourly rates including operator shall not be used.
-
The actual time to be paid for equipment shall be the time that the
equipment is in productive operation on the Work under Contract
Modification. In computing the hourly rental of equipment, any time less
than thirty (30) minutes shall be considered one-half (1/2) hour.
No
payment will be made for time while equipment is inoperative due to
breakdown, or for non-workdays. In addition, the rental time shall not
include the time required to move the equipment to and from the project
site. No mobilization or demobilization will be allowed for equipment
already on site. If such equipment is not moved by its own power, then
loading and transportation costs will be paid in lieu of rental time thereof.
However, neither moving time nor loading and transportation costs will be
paid if the equipment is used on the Project Site in any other way than
upon the work directly related to the Contract Modification.
-
Individual pieces of equipment having a replacement value of one
thousand dollars ($1,000) or less shall be considered to be small tools or
small equipment, and no payment will be made since the costs of these
Contract – Format for Proposed Change Order Page 2 of 4
tools and equipment is included as part of the markup for overhead and
profit defined herein.
-
Payment to the Contractor for the use of equipment as set forth above
shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for the cost of fuel,
power, oil, lubricants, supplies, small equipment, necessary attachments,
repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance,
labor (except for equipment operators), and any and all costs to the
Contractor incidental to the use of the equipment.
-
Should Contractor, or any of its owners, officers, directors or agents, hold
any ownership interest in any company, organization, association or
corporation from whom rental equipment is secured. Contractor shall
immediately notify District of such and the price set for any such rental
shall be agreed upon in advance by the Contractor and the District.

LINE 5
Maximum Allowable Markup on Self-Performed Work.
With
respect to pricing the portion of PCOs and Change Orders involving self-performed
work, the maximum markup percentage fee to be paid for self-performed work by
Contractor or its Subcontractor (regardless of tier) for a change shall be a single
markup percentage not-to-exceed ten percent (10%) of the net direct cost of the
sum of: (i) direct labor and allowable fringe benefit costs (Format for Proposed
Change, Lines 1A + 1B); (ii) the net cost of material and installed equipment
incorporated into the change or extra work And (iii) net rental cost of major
equipment and related fuel costs necessary to complete the change in the work.

LINE 6
Maximum Allowable Markup on Lower-Tier Subcontractor(s)Performed Work. With respect to pricing the portion of PCOs and Change Orders
involving work performed by lower-tier Subcontractors, the maximum markup
percentage fee allowable to the Contractor or Subcontractor supervising the lowertier Subcontractor’s work for a change shall be a single markup percentage not-toexceed five percent (5%) of the net of all approved work of a Change Order
performed by all Subcontractors combined on any particular PCO or Change Order.
-
Markup for Overhead and Profit. Markup allowed for changes in work
is inclusive of and shall be used to compensate Contractor for overhead
and profit for all costs for all administration, general conditions, and
supervision, including, without limitation:
-
All field, field office and home office personnel including, but not limited
to, principals, project managers, superintendents, supervisory foremen,
estimators, project
engineers,
detailers,
draftsmen,
schedulers,
consultants, watchmen, payroll clerks, administrative assistants, labor
compliance costs and secretaries.
-
All field, field office and home office expenses including, but not limited to,
field trailers, parking, storage sheds, office equipment and supplies,
telephone service and long distance telephone calls, fax machines,
temporary utilities, sanitary facilities and services, janitorial services,
small tools and equipment with a cost under $1000 each, portable
scaffolding, blocking, shores, appliances, job vehicles, security and
fencing, conformance to regulatory requirements including compliance to
Contract – Format for Proposed Change Order Page 3 of 4
safety regulations, safety programs and meetings, cartage, warranties,
As-Built Drawings, as well as any related maintenance costs.
-
Administrative functions such as, but not limited to, reviewing,
coordinating, distributing, processing, posting, recording, estimating,
negotiating, expediting, engineering, drawing, detailing, revising shop
drawings, carting, cleaning, protecting the work, and other incidental
Work related to the change.
-
All other costs and taxes required to be paid, but not included under direct
costs as defined above including, without limitation, payroll taxes, social
security, etc.

LINE 8
-
-
The allowable labor burden (“Labor Burden”) on changes shall be defined as
including only (i) Contractor's net actual cost of payroll taxes (including FICA,
Medicare, SUTA, FUTA) and (ii) Contractor’s net actual cost for worker's
compensation insurance (taking into consideration, without limitation,
adjustments for experience modifiers, premium discounts, dividends, rebates,
expense constants, assigned risk pool costs, net cost reductions due to
policies with deductibles for self-insured losses, assigned risk rebates, etc.).
With respect to pricing Labor Burden of PCOs and Change Orders, District has
established a maximum allowable amount of twenty-five percent (25%) of the
Labor Burden associated with the work of the change as a reasonable
percentage to be used for pricing PCOs and Change Orders. However, the
percentage-amount of Labor Burden allowed for the work of a change may be
examined and adjusted by District, in its sole discretion, if documentation
justifiably establishes the percentage-amount should be so adjusted; in no
event shall the percentage-amount applied to a PCO or Change Order exceed
thirty percent (30%).

LINE 9
Contractor’s Additional Bonds and Insurance, if any. All costs for
Contractor’s additional bonds and insurance, if any applicable to the change.
Contractor shall not include any markup for these costs. The maximum allowable
percentage for bonds and insurance for a change shall not exceed two percent (2%)
of the direct labor and allowable fringe benefit costs (Format for Proposed Change,
Lines 1A + 1B).

Taxes. Federal excise tax shall not be included. District will issue an exemption on
request.

Time.
Justification for any adjustment in Contract Time including a schedule
analysis identifying critical schedule activities delayed by the request.
Maximum Allowable Labor Burden on Basic Labor LINE 1A.
Contract – Format for Proposed Change Order Page 4 of 4
PROJECT SPECIFIC
DOCUMENTS
LIST OF DRAWINGS: A‐01 E0.01 E2.01D E2.01 E5.01 T0.01 T2.02D T2.01 T2.02 T7.01 RENOVATION FLOOR PLAN SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, GENERAL NOTES, AND DRAWING LIST 2ND FLOOR PLAN‐ ELECTRICAL DEMO 2ND FLOOR PLAN‐ ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULE AND PARTIAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, GENERAL NOTES, AND DRAWING LIST 2ND FLOOR TELECOM PLAN – DEMO 1ST FLOOR TELECOM PLAN – NEW 2ND FLOOR TELECOM PLAN – NEW TELECOM DETAILS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: 01732 09650 16050 16060 16110 16120 16140 16150 16310 16710 16715 16720 16740 16760 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION RESILIENT FLOORING ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS GROUNDING SYSTEM RACEWAYS AND BOXES 600V WIRE AND CABLE WIRING DEVICES EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND COORDINATION SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCEPTANCE TESTING TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 01732
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes demolition and removal of the following:
1.
2.
3.
B.
1.2
Selected portions of a building or structure.
Selected site elements.
Repair procedures for selective demolition operations.
See Division 16 Sections for demolishing, cutting, patching, or relocating electrical
items.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site,
unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B.
Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to
District ready for reuse.
C.
Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for
reuse, and reinstall them where indicated.
D.
Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that
are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and
reinstalled.
1.3
A.
1.4
A.
MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise
indicated to remain District's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's
property and shall be removed from Project site.
SUBMITTALS
Proposed Control Measures: Submit statement or drawing that indicates the measures
proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation.
Identify options if proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate. Include
measures for the following:
JULIY 11, 2016
____________
01732 - 1
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
FRONT END DOCUMENTS ISSUED: 06/22/09
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
1.
2.
Dust control.
Noise control.
B.
Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate detailed sequence of selective
demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity,
interruption of utility services, use of elevator and stairs, and locations of temporary
partitions and means of egress.
C.
Pre-demolition Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining
construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by
selective demolition operations. Submit before Work begins.
D.
Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill
facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition
work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
B.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before
beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction.
C.
Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.
D.
Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.6
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
District will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition
area. Conduct selective demolition so District's operations will not be disrupted.
Provide not less than seventy two (72) hours' notice to District of activities that will
affect District's operations.
B.
Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities.
1.
C.
District assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished.
1.
D.
Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities
without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by
District as far as practical.
Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.
JULIY 11, 2016
____________
01732 - 2
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
FRONT END DOCUMENTS ISSUED: 06/22/09
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
E.
1.7
A.
Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect
them against damage during selective demolition operations.
1.
Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
WARRANTY
Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or
damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void
existing warranties.
1.
If possible, retain original Installer or fabricator to patch the exposed Work listed
below that is damaged during selective demolition. If it is impossible to engage
original Installer or fabricator, engage another recognized experienced and
specialized firm.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
Processed concrete finishes.
Stonework and stone masonry.
Ornamental metal.
Matched-veneer woodwork.
Preformed metal panels.
Roofing.
Firestopping.
Window wall system.
Stucco and ornamental plaster.
Terrazzo.
Finished wood flooring.
Fluid-applied flooring.
Aggregate wall coating.
Wall covering.
Swimming pool finishes.
HVAC enclosures, cabinets, or covers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
REPAIR MATERIALS
Use repair materials identical to existing materials.
1.
2.
If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent
possible.
Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing
materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
JULIY 11, 2016
____________
01732 - 3
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
FRONT END DOCUMENTS ISSUED: 06/22/09
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
B.
Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine
extent of selective demolition required.
C.
Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to
be removed and salvaged.
D.
When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with
intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and
extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to District.
E.
Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether
removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any
portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.
3.2
UTILITY SERVICES
A.
Existing Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against
damage during selective demolition operations.
B.
Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless
authorized in writing by District and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary
services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to District and to
authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
C.
Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities
serving areas to be selectively demolished.
1.
2.
3.
D.
Provide at least seventy two (72) hours' notice to District if shutdown of service is
required during changeover.
Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.
If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide
temporary utilities before proceeding with selective demolition that bypass area
of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of service to other parts of
building.
Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug
and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.
Utility Requirements:
Refer to Division 15 and 16 Sections for shutting off,
disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utilities. Do not start selective
demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and
verified in writing.
JULIY 11, 2016
____________
01732 - 4
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
FRONT END DOCUMENTS ISSUED: 06/22/09
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
3.3
A.
PREPARATION
Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debrisremoval operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks,
walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1.
2.
3.
Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or
used facilities without permission from District and authorities having jurisdiction.
Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by
governing regulations.
Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and
covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction.
Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain.
B.
Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to
prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
C.
Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of existing
building and construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather,
other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight
enclosure for building exterior.
D.
Temporary Partitions:
Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary
enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise.
E.
Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or
structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse
of construction to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or
collapse of construction being demolished.
3.4
A.
POLLUTION CONTROLS
Dust Control: Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to
limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental-protection
regulations.
1.
B.
Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on
adjacent surfaces and areas.
1.
C.
On an as needed basis wet mop floors to eliminate track-able dirt and wipe down
walls and doors of demolition enclosure. Vacuum carpeted areas.
Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device
that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
Cleaning: Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused
by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before
selective demolition operations began.
JULIY 11, 2016
____________
01732 - 5
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
FRONT END DOCUMENTS ISSUED: 06/22/09
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
3.5
A.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by
new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within
limitations of governing regulations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required.
Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining
construction.
Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid
marring existing finished surfaces.
Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents
of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and
portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as
not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
B.
Existing Facilities: Comply with building manager's requirements for using and
protecting elevators, stairs, walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other
building facilities during selective demolition operations.
C.
Removed and Salvaged Items:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D.
Removed and Reinstalled Items:
1.
2.
3.
4.
E.
3.6
Clean salvaged items.
Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
Store items in a secure area until delivery to District.
Transport items to District's storage area designated by District.
Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint
equipment to match new equipment.
Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.
Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for
new materials and equipment.
Provide connections, supports, and
miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.
Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage
and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by District, items may be
removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and
cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations
are complete.
PATCHING AND REPAIRS
JULIY 11, 2016
____________
01732 - 6
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
FRONT END DOCUMENTS ISSUED: 06/22/09
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
A.
General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective
demolition operations.
B.
Patching: Refer to drawings. Patch surfaces to fulfill original conditions.
C.
Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces
suitable for new materials.
1.
Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain
with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's
written recommendations.
D.
Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend restoration into
adjoining construction in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.
E.
Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that
area into another, patch and repair floor and wall
an even surface of uniform finish color, texture,
floor and wall coverings and replace with new
uniform color and appearance.
F.
Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an evenplane surface of uniform appearance.
3.7
are demolished extend one
surfaces in the new space.
and appearance. Remove
materials, if necessary, to
finished
Provide
existing
achieve
DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A.
General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials.
materials to accumulate on-site.
B.
Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C.
Disposal: Transport demolished materials off District's property and legally dispose of
them.
3.8
A.
Do not allow demolished
SCHEDULE OF DEMOLITION WORK
Remove and dispose the following existing items:
1.
Student workstations, cabinets, counters and built-in bookshelves in the
computer lab as noted on the drawings
2.
Ceiling panel and grid system and recessed light fixtures.
3.
Carpet flooring and rubber base
4.
Window blinds
JULIY 11, 2016
____________
01732 - 7
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
FRONT END DOCUMENTS ISSUED: 06/22/09
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
5.
Ceiling mounted ventilation system
6.
Exposed electrical conduits, power poles associated with computer work
stations as noted on the drawings
END OF SECTION 01732
JULIY 11, 2016
____________
01732 - 8
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
FRONT END DOCUMENTS ISSUED: 06/22/09
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT FLOORING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
This section specifies the installation of linoleum sheet flooring and accessories.
Related Sections
1. Section 01732 – Selective Demolition
1.2
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Select an installer who is competent in the installation of linoleum sheet flooring.
Install sheet linoleum using heat-welded seams, and welding rods from the same
manufacturer.
B.
If required, provide types of flooring and accessories supplied by one
manufacturer, including leveling and patching compounds, and adhesives.
C.
If required, provide flooring material to meet the following fire test performance
criteria as tested by a recognized independent testing laboratory:
a.
ASTM E 648 Critical Radiant Flux of 0.45 watts per sq. cm. or greater, Class I.
b.
ASTM E 662 (Smoke Generation) Maximum Specific Optical Density of 450 or
less.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Manufacturer's Literature and Data:
1. Description of each product.
2. Resilient material manufacturer’s recommendations for adhesives,
underlayment, primers and polish.
3. Application and installation instructions.
4. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for all products used in the
project.
B.
Samples:
1.
2.
3.
4.
JULY 11, 2016
Sheet Flooring : 6” x 6” minimum,for each type, pattern and color.
Edge Strips: 150 mm (6-inches) long, each type.
Feature Strips: 150 mm (60-inches) long.
6-Inch Coved Rubber base: 6-inches long.
09650 - 1
RESILIENT FLOORING
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
5. Weld Rods: Solid colors only.
6. ¼ Floor Underlayment: 6” x 6” square sample
D.
Test Reports:
1. Abrasion resistance: Depth of wear for each tile type and color and volume loss
of tile, certified by independent laboratory.
2. Slip Resistance: Meets or exceeds Federal Standards and A.D.A.
recommendations of 0.6 for flat surfaces.
3. Static Load: 450 p.s.i, ASTM F-970.
4. ASTM E 648 Critical Radiant Flux of 0.45 watts per sq. cm. or greater, Class I.
5. ASTM E 662 (Smoke Generation) Maximum Specific Optical Density of 450 or
less.
1.3
1.4
DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A.
Deliver materials to the site in original sealed packages or containers, clearly
marked with the manufacturer's name or brand, type and color, production run
number and date of Manufacture.
B.
Materials from containers which have been distorted, damaged or opened prior to
installation will be rejected.
C.
Deliver materials in good condition to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original
unopened containers that bear the name and brand of the manufacturer, project
identification, and shipping and handling instructions.
D.
Store materials in a clean, dry, enclosed space off the ground, and protected from
the weather and from extremes of heat and cold. Protect adhesives from freezing.
Store flooring, adhesives and accessories in the spaces where they will be installed
for at least 48 hours before beginning installation.
E.
Maintain a minimum temperature in the spaces to receive the flooring and
accessories of 65ºF (18ºC) and a maximum temperature of 85ºF (29ºC) for Epoxy
Adhesive for at least 48 hours before, during, and for not less than 48 hours after
installation. Thereafter, maintain a minimum temperature of 55ºF (13ºC) in areas
where work is completed. Protect all materials from the direct flow of heat from hotair registers, radiators, or other heating fixtures and appliances.
F.
Install flooring and accessories after the other finishing operations, including
painting, have been completed. Close spaces to traffic during the installation of the
flooring. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until they are sufficiently dry to
achieve a bond with the adhesive, in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommended bond and moisture tests.
APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
JULY 11, 2016
09650 - 2
RESILIENT FLOORING
A.
B.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent
referenced.
The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
D4078-02...................... Water Emulsion Floor Finish
E648-03 ........................ Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a
Radiant Energy Source
E662-03 ........................ Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid
Materials
E1155-96 (R2001) ........ Determining Floor Flatness and Floor Levelness Numbers
F510-93 (R 2004) ......... Resistance to Abrasion of Resilient Floor Coverings Using
an Abrader with a Grit Feed Method
F710-03 ........................ Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring
ASTM F2034 ................ Linoleum Sheet Flooring
C.
Resilient Floor Covering Institute (RFCI):
MRP ............................. Moisture Related Problems Relevant to Resilient Floor
Coverings Installed over Concrete
CL-1.............................. Cleaners for Use on Resilient Floor
TM-6 ............................. Determination of Quality of Cut (Joint Tightness and
Corner Openings) of Resilient Tile
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL
A.
Furnish product type, materials of the same production run and meeting following
criteria.
B.
Use adhesives, underlayment, primers and polish recommended by the floor
resilient material manufacturer.
C.
Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 watts per sq. cm or more, Class 1, per ASTM E648.
D.
Smoke density: Less than 450 per ASTM E662.
E.
Linoleum sheet floor shall be homogeneous floor covering made of natural
materials consisting of linseed oil, wood flour, rosin binders, dry pigments, mixed
and calendered in a two-stage process on a natural jute backing to insure optimal
dimensional stability.
JULY 11, 2016
09650 - 3
RESILIENT FLOORING
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
2.2
2.3
2.4
NOT USED
LINOLEUM SHEET FLOORING
A.
Provide linoleum sheet flooring manufactured by Forbo Marmoleum “Real”, 79inches wide, to match existing floor conditions.
B.
Color: 3120 Rosato
C.
Gauge: 1/10” (2.5 mm)
D.
Backing: Jute
E.
Roll size:77 square yards.
ACCESSORIES
A.
Coved Rubber Base: 6-inches high, 1/8-inch thick, molded thermoset rubber base
per ASTM F1861 with premolded end stops, and external corner strips.
1. Acceptable manufacturers: Burke, Roppe
2. Color: 317 Greige
B.
2.5
ADHESIVES
A.
2.6
Provide solid color linoleum weld rod as produced by Armstrong World Industries,
Inc., and intended for heat welding of linoleum seams. Color shall be compatible
with field color of flooring or as selected by Architect to contrast with field color of
flooring. Color selected from the range currently available from Armstrong World
Industries, Inc.
Comply with applicable regulations regarding toxic and hazardous materials
Green Seal (GS-36) for commercial adhesive and State of California VOC
requirements. Wall Base Adhesive at the wall base as recommended by the
flooring manufacturer.
PRIMER (FOR CONCRETE SUBFLOORS)
JULY 11, 2016
09650 - 4
RESILIENT FLOORING
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
As recommended by the adhesive and flooring manufacturer.
A.
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
LEVELING COMPOUND (FOR CONCRETE FLOORS)
A.
Provide cementitious products with latex or polyvinyl acetate resins in the mix.
B.
Determine the type of underlayment selected for use by the condition to be
corrected.
POLISH AND CLEANERS
A.
Cleaners RFCI CL-1.
B.
Polish: ASTM D4078.
EDGE STRIPS AND THRESHOLDS
A.
28 mm (1-1/8 inch) wide unless shown otherwise.
B.
Bevel from maximum thickness to minimum thickness for flush joint unless shown
otherwise. Provide at door thresholds and at floor transitions.
C.
Extruded aluminum, mill finish, mechanically cleaned. Set in bed of sealant.
1.
Drill and counter sink edge strip for flat head screws.
2.
Space holes near ends and approximately 225 mm (9 inches) on center
between.
3.
Aluminum Thresholds: Manufactured by Pemko, ¼” high. Refer to
drawings for actual model and type and locations. Check existing door
undercuts to ensure proper installation of thresholds.
4.
Resilient Edge Strip or Reducer Strip: Fed. Specs. SS-T-312, Solid rubber
manufactured by Burke/Mercer or approved equal. Verify with Architect color
to be used.
SCREWS
A.
Stainless steel flat head screw.
JULY 11, 2016
09650 - 5
RESILIENT FLOORING
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
3.2
Maintain temperature of materials a minimum of 22 C (70 F,) for 48 hours before
installation.
Maintain temperature of rooms where work occurs between 21 C and 27 C (70F
and 80 F), for at least 48 hours, before, during and after installation.
Do not install flooring until building is permanently enclosed and wet construction in
or near areas to receive tile materials is complete, dry and cured.
Examine subfloors prior to installation to determine that surfaces are smooth and
free from cracks, holes, ridges, and other defects that might prevent adhesive
bond or impair durability or appearance of the flooring material.
Failure to call attention to defects or imperfections will be construed as acceptance
and approval of the subfloor. Installation indicates acceptance of substrates with
regard to conditions existing at the time of installation.
SUBFLOOR PREPARATION (CONCRETE)
A.
Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F710. At existing slabs, determine
levelness by F-number method in accordance with ASTM E1155. Overall value
shall not exceed as follows:
FF30/FL20
B.
Correct conditions which will impair proper installation.
C.
Fill cracks, joints and other irregularities in concrete with leveling compound:
1. Do not use adhesive for filling or leveling purposes.
2. Do not use leveling compound to correct imperfections which can be corrected
by spot grinding.
3. Trowel to smooth surface free of trowel marks, pits, dents, protrusions, cracks
or joints.
D.
Clean floor of oil, paint, varnish, oils, release agents, sealers, waxes, dust, and
deleterious substances: Leave floor dry and cured free of residue from existing
curing or cleaning agents.
E.
Install ¼” plywood underlayment smooth side up, on a dry concrete floor. For
maximum stiffness, install underlayment with the face grain perpendicular to floor
joists. Stagger end joints.
JULY 11, 2016
09650 - 6
RESILIENT FLOORING
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
F.
Concrete Subfloor Testing:
Determine Adhesion and dryness of the floor by bond and moisture tests as
recommended by RFCI manual MRP.
3.3
3.4
G.
Perform additional subfloor preparation to obtain satisfactory adherence of flooring
if subfloor test patches allows easy removal of tile.
H.
Prime the concrete subfloor if the primer will seal slab conditions that would inhibit
bonding, or if priming is recommended by the tile or adhesive manufacturers.
I.
Preparation of existing installation shall include the removal of existing resilient
floor and existing adhesives and oils. Do not use solvents to remove adhesives.
SUBFLOOR PREPARATION (WOOD)
A.
Inspect the subfloor for evenness along joints and flatness between floor joists.
When necessary, sand the subfloor near the joints; install extra blocking and refasten the subfloor to flatten uneven areas.
B.
If, after demolition and removal of existing floor tiles, some portions of the existing
wood subfloor boards exhibit signs of dry rot, the contractor shall repair and
replace existing subfloor with new wood boards and other miscellaneous framing to
match existing conditions.
C.
Check the subfloor for squeaks and re-fasten as necessary before installing
underlayment.
D.
Install ¼” plywood underlayment smooth side up, on a dry subfloor. For maximum
stiffness, install underlayment with the face grain perpendicular to floor joists.
Stagger end joints.
E.
All joints of the underlayment panels shall be offset from the joints of the subfloor
panels at a minimum of 2-inches unless otherwise recommended by the resilient
flooring manufacturer.
INSTALLATION
A.
Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for application and
installation unless specified otherwise.
1. Linoleum sheet flooring must be ordered a minimum of 60 days prior to start of
scheduled floor installation.
B.
Trim resilient flooring to touch for the length of intersections at pipes and vertical
projections, seal joints at pipes with waterproof cement.
JULY 11, 2016
09650 - 7
RESILIENT FLOORING
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
C.
Application:
1. Apply adhesive uniformly with no bare spots with a 1/16” square notch trowel.
a.
Conform to RFC1-TM-6 for joint tightness and for corner intersection
unless layout pattern shows random corner intersection.
b.
More than 5 percent of the joints not touching will not be accepted.
2. Roll linoleum floor with a minimum 45 kg (100 pound) roller. No exceptions.
3. The Resident Engineer may have test tiles removed to check for non-uniform
adhesion, spotty adhesive coverage, and ease of removal. Install new tile for
broken removed tile.
4. Heat Welded Seams: Provide a seamless and watertight installation. Seams
are to be heat welded using color matched welding rod (4 mm diameter) as
manufactured by flooring company.
D.
Installation of Edge Strips:
1. Locate edge strips under center line of doors unless otherwise shown.
2. Set resilient edge strips in adhesive. Anchor metal edge strips with anchors
and screws specified.
3. Where resilient floor edge is exposed, butt edge strip to touch along tile edge.
4. Where thin set ceramic tile abuts resilient floor, set edge strip against floor file
and against the ceramic tile edge.
E.
Installation of Coved Base:
1. Fit base joints tight and vertical; maintain minimum measurement of 18-inches
between joints.
2. Miter internal corners; use pre-molded sections for external corners and
exposed ends.
3. Install base on solid backing, adhere tightly to wall and floor surfaces; fill voids
along top edge of base with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive filler.
4. Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions.
5. Install straight and level to variation or plus or minus 1/8” over 10’-0”.
3.5
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A.
Clean adhesive marks on exposed surfaces during the application of resilient
materials before the adhesive sets. Exposed adhesive is not acceptable
B.
Keep traffic off resilient material for a minimum 72 hours after installation.
C.
Sweep vacuum floor after installation.
D.
When construction traffic occurs over tile, cover resilient materials with reinforced
kraft paper properly secured and maintained until removal is directed by Architect.
.
JULY 11, 2016
09650 - 8
RESILIENT FLOORING
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
At entrances and where wheeled vehicles or carts are used, cover tile with
plywood, hardboard, or particle board over paper, secured and maintained until
removal is directed by Architect.
E.
When protective materials are removed and immediately prior to acceptance,
replace any damaged tile, re-clean resilient materials, lightly re-apply polish and
buff floors.
F.
Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring manufacturer.
Damp mop flooring to remove black marks and soil.
G.
During the last phase of the production process, a yellowish film, the “drying room
yellowing” may appear on the floor covering. This phenomenon is more visible on
the lighter shades but when exposed to light, it disappears quickly,
H.
Newly installed flooring shall comply with the requirements in Section 01770.B.1.j
Closeout procedures for final cleaning on floors.
I.
At completion of flooring installation, contractor shall apply wax on new floors and
polish per District standards. Refer to Appendix B.
END OF SECTION
JULY 11, 2016
09650 - 9
RESILIENT FLOORING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 16050
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
1.2
1.3
The General and Supplementary Conditions are a part of the requirements for the
work under this Division of the Specifications.
WORK INCLUDED
A.
Provide labor and materials required to install, test and place into operation the
electrical systems as called for in the Contract Documents, and in accordance
with applicable codes and regulations.
B.
Provide labor, materials, and accessories required to provide complete, operating
electrical systems. Labor, materials or accessories not specifically called for in
the Contract Documents, but required to provide complete, operating electrical
systems shall be provided without additional cost to the Owner.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with the current applicable codes, ordinances, and regulations of the
authority or authorities having jurisdiction, the rules, regulations and requirements
of the utility companies serving the project and the Owner’s insurance
underwriter.
B.
Drawings, specifications, codes and standards are minimum requirements.
Where requirements differ, the most stringent apply.
C.
Should any change in drawings or specifications be required to comply with
governing regulations, notify the Architect/Engineer prior to submitting bid.
D.
All electrical equipment, materials, devices and installations shall meet or exceed
minimum requirements of ADA, ANSI, ASTM, IEEE, IES, NEC, NEMA, NETA,
NFPA, OSHA, SMACNA, UL, and the State Fire Marshal.
E.
Execute work in strict accordance with the best practices of the trades in a
thorough, substantial, workpersonlike manner by competent workpeople. Provide
a competent, experienced, full-time Superintendent who is authorized to make
decisions on behalf of the Contractor.
F.
Equipment shall be certified for use in the State of the project and shall meet the
State energy code.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 1
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
1.4
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
A.
Abbreviations:
ADA
Americans with Disabilities Act
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
ASA
Acoustical Society of America
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
BIL
Basic Impulse Level
CBM
Certified Ballast Manufacturers
ECC
Engineer’s Control Center
EIA
Electronic Industries Alliance
ETL
Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc.
FCC
Fire Control Center
FM
Factory Mutual
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
IES
Illuminating Engineering Society
IPCEA
International Power Cable Engineers Association
LED
Light Emitting Diode
NEC
National Electric Code
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NETA
National Electrical Testing Association
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association
OEM
Original Equipment Manufacturer
OSHA
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
SCC
Security Control Center
SMACNA
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
TIA
Telecommunications Industry Association
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 2
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
UL
B.
1.5
Underwriters Laboratories
Definitions:
1.
Where it is stated in these specifications to submit to Engineer for review,
refer to Architectural General and Supplementary Conditions for proper
procedures.
2.
FURNISH means to supply all materials, labor, equipment, testing
apparatus, controls, tests, accessories and all other items customarily
required for the proper and complete application.
3.
INSTALL means to join, unit, fasten, link, attach, set up or otherwise
connect together before testing and turning over to Owner, complete and
ready for regular operation.
4.
PROVIDE means to FURNISH and INSTALL.
5.
AS DIRECTED means as directed by the Architect, or the Architect’s
representative.
6.
CONCEALED means embedded in masonry or other construction,
installed behind wall furring or within drywall partitions, or installed within
hung ceilings.
7.
SUBMIT means submit to Architect for review.
GUARANTEE
A.
1.6
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Submit a single guarantee stating that the work is in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Guarantee work against faulty and improper material and
workmanship for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance by the
Owner, except that where guarantees or warranties for longer terms are provided
or specified herein, the longer term shall apply. Correct any deficiencies, which
occur during the guarantee period, within 24 hours of notification, without
additional cost to the Owner, to the satisfaction of the Owner. Obtain similar
guarantees from subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and subtrade
specialists.
USE OF THE ARCHITECT’S AND ENGINEER’S DRAWINGS
A.
The Contractor shall obtain, at the Contractor’s expense, from the Architect or
Engineer a set of architectural and engineering drawings where desired by the
Contractor and/or required by the Specifications for use in preparing the shop
drawings, coordination drawings, and record drawings. The Contractor shall
provide to the Architect and Engineer a written release of liability acceptable to
the Architect and Engineer prior to receiving the set of drawings.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 3
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A.
Provide products and materials that are new, clean, free of defects, and free of
damage and corrosion.
B.
Products and materials shall not contain asbestos, PCB, or any other material
that is considered hazardous by the Environmental Protection Agency or any
other authority having jurisdiction.
C.
Replace materials of less than specified quality and relocate work incorrectly
installed as directed by the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner.
D.
Provide name/data plates on major components of equipment with
manufacturer’s name, model number, serial number, capacity data and electrical
characteristics attached in a conspicuous place.
E.
Install materials and equipment with qualified trades people.
F.
Maintain uniformity of manufacturer for equipment used in similar applications
and sizes.
G.
Fully lubricate equipment where required.
H.
Follow manufacturer’s instructions for installing, connecting, and adjusting
equipment. Provide a copy of such instructions at the equipment during
installation.
I.
Where factory testing of equipment is required to ascertain performance, and
attendance by the Owner’s representative is required to witness such tests,
associated travel costs and subsistence shall be paid for by the Contractor.
J.
Equipment capacities, ratings, etc., are scheduled or specified for job site
operating conditions. Equipment sensitive to altitude shall be derated with the
method of derating identified on the submittals.
Enclosures for electrical equipment installed in mechanical equipment rooms
shall be NEMA type 1 gasketed. Enclosures for electrical equipment installed
outdoors shall be NEMA type 3R. Energy consuming equipment shall be certified
for use in the State of the project and shall meet the State Energy Code and local
energy ordinances.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 4
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
2.2
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SUBSTITUTIONS
A.
Contract Documents are based on equipment manufacturers as called out in the
Specifications and indicated on the Drawings. Acceptance of substitute
equipment manufacturers does not relieve Contractor of the responsibility to
provide equipment and materials, which meet the performance as, stated or
implied in the Contract Documents.
B.
Submit proposals to provide substitute materials or equipment, in writing, with
sufficient lead time for review prior to the date equipment must be ordered to
maintain project schedule. Reimburse Owner for costs associated with the review
of the proposed substitution whether substitution is accepted or rejected.
C.
Indicate revisions required to adapt substitutions including revisions by other
trades. Substitutions that increase the cost of the work and related trades are not
permitted.
D.
The proposed substitution shall conform to the size, ratings, and operating
characteristics of the equipment or systems as specified and shown on the
Drawings.
E.
Proposals for substitutions shall include the following information:
1.
A description of the difference between the Contract Document
requirements and that of the substitution, the comparative features of
each, and the effect of the change on the end result performance. Include
the impact of all changes on other contractors and acknowledge the
inclusion of additional costs to the other trades.
2.
Schematic drawings and details.
3.
List of revisions to the Contract Documents that must be made if the
substitution is accepted.
4.
Estimate of costs the Owner may incur in implementing the substitution,
such as test, evaluation, operating and support costs.
5.
Statement of the time by which a Contract modification accepting the
substitution must be issued, noting any effect on the Contract completion
time or the delivery schedule.
6.
A statement indicating the reduction to the Contract price if the Owner
accepts the substitution. Include required modifications to all related
trades.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 5
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
FEES AND PERMITS
A.
Pay all required fees and obtain all required permits related to the electrical
installation.
B.
Pay royalties or fees in connection with the use of patented devices and systems.
C.
Provide controlled inspection where required by authorities having jurisdiction or
by these specifications.
SUBMITTALS AND REVIEWS
A.
Submit shop drawings, manufacturer’s product data sheets, samples, and test
reports as specified.
B.
Within two months after notice to proceed by the Owner or Owner’s
Representative, or after execution of Owner/Contractor Agreement, submit a
complete typed list of all electrical equipment manufacturers and material
suppliers for the equipment proposed to be provided on this project, as well as
names of all subcontractors.
C.
Within four months after notice to proceed by the Owner or Owner’s
Representative, or after execution of Owner/Contractor Agreement, prepare an
index of all submittals for the project. Include a submittal identification number, a
cross-reference to the Specification sections or Drawing number, and an item
description. Prefix the submittal identification number by the Specification
sections to which they apply. Indicate on each submittal, the submittal
identification number in addition to the other data specified. All subcontractors
shall utilize the assigned submittal identification number.
D.
After the Contract is awarded, obtain complete shop drawings, product data and
samples from the manufacturers, suppliers, vendors, and all subcontractors, for
all materials and equipment as specified. Submit data and details of such
materials and equipment for review. Prior to submission, certify that the shop
drawings, product data and samples are in compliance with the Contract
Documents. Check all materials and equipment upon their arrival on the job site
and verify their compliance with the Contract Documents. Modify any work, which
proceeds prior to receiving accepted shop drawings as required to comply with
the Contract Documents and the shop drawings.
E.
Review of submittals is for general compliance with the design concept and
Contract Documents. Comments or absence of comments shall not relieve the
Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor
remains solely responsible for details and accuracy, for confirming and correlating
all quantities and dimensions, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques
of construction, for performing the work in a safe manner, and for coordinating the
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 6
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
work with that of other trades.
F.
No part of the work shall be started in the shop or in the field until the shop
drawings and samples for that portion of the work have been submitted and
accepted.
G.
A minimum period of ten working days, exclusive of transmittal time, will be
required in the Engineer’s office each time a shop drawing, product data and/or
samples are submitted for review. This time period must be considered by the
Contractor in the scheduling of the work.
H.
Submit one vellum and two bond prints of all items requiring shop drawings.
Submit six copies of manufacturer’s product submittals.
I.
Submittals will be stamped as follows:
Stamp
Interpretation
No Exceptions Noted
Fabrication, manufacture, or
construction may proceed providing
submittal complies with the Contract
Documents.
Exceptions Noted
[]
Resubmit for Record
[]
No Resubmission Required
Fabrication, manufacture, or
construction may proceed providing
submittal complies with the Contract
Documents and the Engineer’s
notations are complied with.
Revise and Resubmit
The submittal does not comply with
the Contract Documents; do not
proceed with fabrication, manufacture,
or construction. The work and shop
drawings are not permitted at the job
site. Resubmit appropriate shop
drawings.
J.
Submit materials and equipment by manufacturer, trade name, and model
number. Include copies of applicable brochure or catalog material. Maintenance
and operating manuals are not acceptable substitutes for shop drawings.
K.
Identify each sheet of printed submittal pages (using arrows, underlining or
circling) to show applicable sizes, types, model numbers, ratings, capacities and
options actually being proposed. Cross out non-applicable information. Note
specified features such as materials or paint finishes.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 7
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
L.
Include dimensional data for roughing in and installation and technical data
sufficient to verify that equipment meets the requirements of the Contract
Documents. Include wiring, piping and service connection data.
M.
Maintain a complete set of reviewed and stamped shop drawings and product
data on site.
N.
For each room or area of the building containing electrical equipment, submit the
following:
1.
O.
Floor Plans: Plan and elevation layout drawings indicating the equipment
in the exact location in which it is intended to be installed. These plans
shall be of a scale not less than ¼ inch = 1’-0”. They shall be prepared in
the following manner:
a.
Indicate the physical boundaries of the space including door
swings and ceiling heights and ceiling types (as applicable).
b.
Illustrate all electrical equipment proposed to be contained therein.
Include top and bottom elevations of all electrical equipment. The
Drawings shall be prepared utilizing the dimensions contained in
the individual equipment submittals. Indicate code and
manufacturer’s required clearances.
c.
Illustrate all other equipment therein such as conduits, detectors,
luminaries, ducts, registers, pull boxes, wireways, structural
elements, etc.
d.
Indicate the operating weight of each piece of equipment.
e.
Indicate the heat release from each piece of electrical equipment
in terms of BTU per hour. This information shall be that which is
supplied by the respective manufacturers.
f.
Illustrate concrete pads, curbs, etc.
g.
Indicate dimensions to confirm compliance with code-required
clearances.
h.
Indicate maximum normal allowable operating temperature for
each piece of equipment (as per each respective manufacturer’s
recommendation).
i.
Equipment removal routes.
The work described in shop drawing submissions shall be carefully checked by all
trades for clearances (including those required for maintenance and servicing),
field conditions, maintenance of architectural conditions and coordination with
other trades on the job. Each submitted shop drawing shall include a certification
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 8
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
that related job conditions have been checked by the Contractor and each
Subcontractor and that conflicts do not exist.
3.3
P.
The Contractor is not relieved of the responsibility for dimensions or errors that
may be contained on submissions, or for deviations from the requirements of the
Contract Documents. The noting of some errors but overlooking others does not
grant the Contractor permission to proceed in error. Regardless of any
information contained in the shop drawings, product data and samples, the
Contract Documents govern the work and are neither waived nor superceded in
any way by the review of shop drawings, product data and samples.
Q.
Inadequate or incomplete shop drawings, product data and/or samples will not be
reviewed and will be returned to the Contractor for resubmittal.
R.
Indicate the following on the lower right hand corner of each shop drawing and on
the front cover of each product data brochure cover: The submittal identification
number; title of the sheet or brochure; name and location of the project; names of
the Architect, Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, and
vendor; the date of submittal; and the date of each correction, version and
revision. Number all pages and drawings in product data brochures
consecutively from beginning to end. Unless the above information is included,
the submittal will be returned for resubmission. Resubmittals of product data or
brochures shall include a cover letter summarizing the corrections made in
response to the review comments.
COORDINATION OF WORK
A.
The Contract Documents establish scope, materials and quality but are not
detailed installation instructions. Drawings are diagrammatic.
B.
Coordinate work with related trades and furnish, in writing, any information
necessary to permit the work of related trades to be installed satisfactorily and
with the least possible conflict or delay.
C.
The electrical drawings show the general arrangement of equipment and
appurtenances. Follow these drawings as closely as the actual construction and
the work of other trades will permit. Provide offsets, fittings, and accessories,
which may be required but not shown on the Drawings. Investigate the site, and
review drawings of other trades to determine conditions affecting the work, and
provide such work and accessories as may be required to accommodate such
conditions.
D.
The locations of lighting fixtures, outlets, panels and other equipment indicated on
the Drawings are approximately correct, but they are understood to be subject to
such revision as may be found necessary or desirable at the time the work is
installed in consequence of increase or reduction of the number of outlets, or in
order to meet field conditions, or to coordinate with modular requirements of
ceilings, or to simplify the work, or for other legitimate causes.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 9
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
E.
Exercise particular caution with reference to the location of panels, outlets,
switches, etc., and have precise and definite locations accepted by the Architect
before proceeding with the installation.
F.
The Drawings show only the general run of raceways and approximate locations
of outlets. Any significant changes in location of outlets, cabinets, etc., necessary
in order to meet field conditions shall be brought to the immediate attention of the
Architect for review before such alterations are made. Modifications shall be
made at no additional cost to the Owner.
G.
Verify with the Architect the exact location and mounting height of outlets and
equipment not dimensionally located on the Drawings.
H.
Circuit tags in the form of numbers are used where shown to indicate the circuit
designation numbers in electrical panels. Show the actual circuit numbers on the
as-built Record Drawings and on the associated typed panelboard directory card.
Where circuiting is not indicated, provide required circuiting in accordance with
the loading indicated on the Drawings and/or as directed.
I.
The Drawings generally do not indicate the number of wires in conduit for the
branch circuit wiring of fixtures and outlets, or the actual circuiting. Provide the
correct wire size and quantity as required by the indicated circuiting and/or circuit
numbers indicated, the control intent, referenced wiring diagrams (if any), the
specified voltage drop or maximum distance limitations, and the applicable
requirements of the NEC.
J.
Carefully check space requirements with other trades to insure that equipment
can be installed in the spaces allotted.
K.
Wherever work interconnects with work of other trades, coordinate with other
trades to insure that they have the information necessary so that they may
properly install the necessary connections and equipment. Identify items (remote
ballast, pull boxes, etc.) requiring access in order that the ceiling trade will know
where to install access doors and panels.
L.
Furnish and set sleeves for passage of electrical risers through structural
masonry and concrete walls and floors and elsewhere as required for the proper
protection of each electrical riser passing through building surfaces.
M.
Provide firestopping around all pipes, conduits, ducts, sleeves, etc. which pass
through rated walls, partitions and floors.
N.
Provide detailed information on openings and holes required in precast members
for electrical work.
O.
Provide required supports and hangers for conduit and equipment, designed so
as not to exceed allowable loadings of structures.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 10
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
P.
Examine and compare the Contract Documents with the drawings and
specifications of other trades, and report any discrepancies between them to the
Architect and obtain written instructions for changes necessary in the work.
Install and coordinate the work in cooperation with other related trades. Before
installation, make proper provisions to avoid interferences.
Q.
Wherever the work is of sufficient complexity, prepare additional detail drawings
to scale to coordinate the work with the work of other trades. Detailed work shall
be clearly identified on the Drawings as to the area to which it applies. Submit
these drawings to the Architect for review. At completion include a set of these
drawings with each set of Record Drawings.
R.
Furnish services of an experienced Superintendent, who shall be in constant
charge of all work, and who shall coordinate work with the work of other trades.
No work shall be installed before coordinating with other trades.
S.
Coordinate with the local electric utility company and the local telephone company
as to their requirements for service connections and provide all necessary
metering provisions, grounding, materials, equipment, labor, testing, and
appurtenances.
T.
Before commencing work, examine adjoining work on which this work is in any
way affected and report conditions, which prevent performance of the work.
Become thoroughly familiar with actual existing conditions to which connections
must be made or which must be changed or altered.
U.
Adjust location of conduits, panels, equipment, etc., to accommodate the work to
prevent interferences, both anticipated and encountered. Determine the exact
route and location of each conduit prior to fabrication.
V.
3.4
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
1.
Right-of-Way: Lines which pitch have the right-of-way over those which do
not pitch. For example: condensate, steam, and plumbing drains normally
have right-of-way. Lines whose elevations cannot be changed have rightof-way over lines whose elevations can be changed.
2.
Provide offsets, transitions and changes in direction of conduit as required
to maintain proper headroom and pitch on sloping lines.
In cases of doubt as to the work intended, or in the event of need for explanation,
request supplementary instructions from the Architect.
CONTRACTOR’S COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A.
The Contractor shall coordinate efforts of all trades and shall furnish (in writing,
with copies to the Architect) any information necessary to permit the work of all
trades to be installed satisfactorily and with the least possible interference or
delay.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 11
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.5
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
B.
The Contractor and all trade contractors shall prepare a complete set of
construction Coordination Drawings indicating the equipment actually purchased
and the exact routing for all lines such as busway, conduit, piping, ductwork, etc.,
including conduit embedded in concrete floors and walls. The Coordination
Drawings shall be submitted complete to the Architect and the Engineer, within
three months after notice to proceed is given, and in compliance with the
construction schedule for the project. The sheet metal drawings, at a scale of not
less than 1/4 inch to 1 foot, shall serve as the base drawings to which all other
Contractors shall add their work. Each separate trade contractor shall draw their
work on separate layers with different color assignments to facilitate coordination.
Each Coordination Drawing shall be completed and signed off by the other Trade
Contractors and the Contractor prior to the installation of the HVAC, plumbing,
electrical and fire sprinkler work in the area covered by the specific drawing. The
Contractor’s work shall be installed according to the shop drawings and
coordination drawings. If the Contractor allows one trade to install their work
before coordination with the work of other trades, the Contractor shall make all
necessary changes to correct the condition at no additional cost to the Owner.
C.
The Contractors’ Coordination Drawings shall indicate structural loads at support
points for all piping 10 inch and larger, racked piping, racked conduit, busway,
and suspended electrical equipment. Submit to Structural Engineer for review
and approval. The elevation, location, support points, static, dynamic and
expansion forces and loads imposed on the structure at support and anchor
points shall be indicated. All beam penetrations and slab penetrations shall be
indicated and sized and shall be coordinated. Work routed underground or
embedded in concrete shall be indicated by dimension to column and building
lines and shall be coordinated. Coordination Drawings shall document all required
structural penetrations for initial construction. Penetrations shall be dimensioned
for walls, floors and roofs. These structural coordination requirements require
review and approval by the Structural Engineer prior to completion and submittal
of the drawings.
D.
This requirement for Coordination Drawings shall not be construed as
authorization for the Contractor or trade contractors to make any unauthorized
changes to the Contract Documents. Contract document space allocations shall
be maintained such as ceiling height, designated clearance for future
construction and flexibility, chase walls, equipment room size, unless prior written
authorization is received from the Architect to change them.
E.
Prior to final acceptance of the Work the Contractor shall submit the Coordination
Drawings as part of the Record Drawings submittal.
EXAMINATION OF SITE
A.
Prior to the submitting of bids, visit the project site and become familiar with all
conditions affecting the proposed installation and make provisions as to the cost
thereof.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 12
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
3.6
3.7
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
The Contract Documents do not make representations regarding the character or
extent of the sub-soils, water levels, existing structural, mechanical and electrical
installations, above or below ground, or other sub-surface conditions which may
be encountered during the work. Evaluate existing conditions, which may affect
methods or cost of performing the work, based on examination of the site or other
information. Failure to examine the Drawings or other information does not
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the satisfactory completion of the work.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
A.
Where cutting, channeling, chasing or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings
or other surfaces is necessary for the proper installation, support or anchorage of
conduit or other equipment, layout the work carefully in advance. Repair any
damage to the building, piping, equipment or defaced finished plaster, woodwork,
metalwork, etc., using skilled tradespeople of the trades required at no additional
cost to the Owner.
B.
Do not cut, channel, chase or drill unfinished masonry, tile, etc., unless
permission from the Architect is obtained. If permission is granted, perform this
work in a manner acceptable to the Architect.
C.
Where conduit or equipment are mounted on a painted finished surface, or a
surface to be painted, paint to match the surface. Cold galvanize bare metal
whenever support channels are cut.
D.
Provide slots, chases, openings and recesses through floors, walls, ceilings, and
roofs as required. Where these openings are not provided, provide cutting and
patching to accommodate penetrations at no additional cost to the Owner.
MOUNTING HEIGHTS
A.
Mounting heights shall conform to ADA requirements.
B.
Verify exact locations and mounting heights with the Architect before installation.
C.
Electrical and telecommunications outlets shall be mounted not lower than 15
inches above finished floor to bottom of outlet and not higher than 48 inches
above finished floor to top of device.
D.
Electrical switches shall be mounted not lower than 36 inches above finished floor
to center of switch and not higher than 48 inches above finished floor to center of
switch.
E.
Outlets for public and other wall mounted type telephones shall be installed so
that the particular telephone installed conforms to ADA mounting height
requirements.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 13
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.8
3.9
3.10
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
CONTINUANCE OF EXISTING SERVICES
A.
Existing electrical services not specifically indicated to be removed or altered
shall remain as they presently exist.
B.
Where existing services interfere with new construction, alter or reroute such
existing equipment to facilitate new construction after obtaining written permission
from the Architect. Notification in writing giving two weeks advance notice of
planned alteration is required.
C.
Preserve continuity of service of existing facilities (related to damage or alteration
due to new construction). Unauthorized alteration to existing equipment shall be
corrected without additional cost to the Owner.
DEMOLITION
A.
Remove, relocate, and reroute existing electrical equipment to facilitate new
construction or remodeling work.
B.
Examine the site before submitting a bid to observe existing conditions.
C.
Schedule demolition in advance. Schedule work to avoid disruption of normal
operations.
D.
Reconnect circuits serving equipment required to remain in service to other
panelboards, motor control centers, or other appropriate distribution equipment.
Provide additional panelboards, motor control centers, or other appropriate
distribution equipment where there is insufficient available capacity in remaining
existing equipment for reconnection.
E.
Remove existing conduit and wire back to panelboard, or other distribution
source.
F.
Where a circuit is interrupted by removal of a device or fixture from that circuit,
provide additional conduit and wire to restore service to the remaining devices
and fixtures on that circuit.
G.
Electrical equipment to be removed that is in good working order shall be
carefully removed and offered to the Owner. Items rejected by the Owner shall
be removed from the project site and properly disposed.
CLEANING UP
A.
Avoid accumulation of debris, boxes, loose materials, crates, etc., resulting from
the installation of this work. Remove from the premises each day all debris,
boxes, etc., and keep the premises clean and free of dust and debris.
B.
Clean all fixtures and equipment at the completion of the project. Wipe clean
exposed lighting fixture reflectors and trim pieces with a non-abrasive cloth just
prior to occupancy.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 14
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
C.
3.11
3.12
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
All electrical equipment shall be thoroughly vacuumed and wiped clean prior to
energization and at the completion of the project. Equipment shall be opened for
observation by the Architect as required.
WATERPROOFING
A.
Avoid, if possible, the penetration of any waterproof membranes such as roofs,
machine room floors, basement walls, and the like. If such penetration is
necessary, make penetration prior to the waterproofing and furnish all sleeves or
pitch-pockets required. Advise the Architect and obtain written permission before
penetrating any waterproof membrane, even where such penetration is shown on
the Drawings.
B.
Restore waterproofing integrity of walls or surfaces after they have been
penetrated without additional cost to the Owner.
SUPPORTS
A.
Support work in accordance with the best industry practice. Provide supports,
hangers, auxiliary structural members and supplemental hardware required for
support of the work.
B.
Provide supporting frames or racks extending from floor slab to ceiling slab for
work indicated as being supported from walls where the walls are incapable of
supporting the weight. In particular, provide such frames or racks in electric
closets and mechanical equipment rooms.
C.
Provide supporting frames or racks for equipment, which is installed in a
freestanding position.
D.
Supporting frames or racks shall be of standard angle, standard channel or
specialty support system steel members, rigidly bolted or welded together and
adequately braced to form a substantial structure. Racks shall be of ample size
to assure a workmanlike arrangement of all equipment mounted on them.
E.
Adequate support of equipment (including outlet, pull and junction boxes and
fittings) shall not depend on electric conduits, raceways, or cables for support.
F.
Electrical equipment shall not rest on or depend for support on suspended ceiling
media (tiles, lath, plaster, as well as splines, runners, bars and the like in the
plane of the ceiling). Provide independent support of electrical equipment. Do not
attach to supports provided for ductwork, piping or work of other trades.
G.
Provide required supports and hangers for conduit, equipment, etc., so that
loading will not exceed allowable loadings of structure. Electrical equipment and
supports shall not come in contact with work of other trades.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 15
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.13
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
FASTENINGS
A.
Fasten equipment to building structure in accordance with the best industry
practice.
B.
Where weight applied to the attachment points is 100 pounds or less, conform to
the following as a minimum:
C.
D.
1.
Wood: Wood screws.
2.
Concrete and solid masonry: Bolts and expansion shields.
3.
Hollow construction: Toggle bolts.
4.
Solid metal: Machine screws in tapped holes or with welded studs.
5.
Steel decking or sub-floor: Fastenings as specified below for applied
weights in excess of 100 pounds.
Where weight applied to building attachment points exceeds 100 pounds, but is
300 pounds or less, conform to the following as a minimum:
1.
At concrete slabs provide 24 inch x 24 inch x ½ inch steel fishplates on
top with through bolts. Fishplate assemblies shall be chased in and
grouted flush with the top of slab screed line, where no fill is to be applied.
2.
At steel decking or sub-floor for all fastenings, provide through bolts or
threaded rods. The tops of bolts or rods shall be set at least one inch
below the top fill screed line and grouted in. Suitable washers shall be
used under bolt heads or nuts. In cases where the decking or sub-floor
manufacturer produces specialty hangers to work with their decking or
sub-floor such hangers shall be provided.
Where weight applied to building attachment points exceeds 300 pounds,
coordinate with and obtain the approval of Architect and conform to the following
as a minimum:
1.
E.
Provide suitable auxiliary channel or angle iron bridging between building
structural steel elements to establish fastening points. Bridging members
shall be suitably welded or clamped to building steel. Provide threaded
rods or bolts to attach to bridging members.
For items, which are shown, as being ceiling mounted at locations where
fastening to the building construction element above is not possible, provide
suitable auxiliary channel or angle iron bridging tying to the building structural
elements.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 16
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
F.
3.14
3.15
3.16
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Wall mounted equipment may be directly secured to wall by means of steel bolts.
Groups or arrays of equipment may be mounted on adequately sized steel
angles, channels, or bars. Prefabricated steel channels as manufactured by
Kindorf or Unistrut are acceptable.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Identify electrical equipment with permanently attached black phenolic
nameplates with ½ inch high white engraved lettering. Identification shall include
equipment name or load served as appropriate. Nameplates for equipment
connected to the emergency power system shall be red with white lettering.
Nameplates shall be attached with cadmium plated screws; peel and stick tape or
glue on type nameplates are not allowed.
B.
Cable tags shall be flameproof secured with flameproof non-metallic cord.
C.
Provide an engraved nameplate for each switch controlling loads, which are not
local to the switch.
D.
Wherever raceways for future use are terminated outside of the building, stake
the location with a 2 foot long, 1 inch x 1 inch clear heart redwood stake.
E.
See individual sections for additional identification requirements.
PROHIBITED LABELS AND IDENTIFICATIONS
A.
In all public areas and similar locations within the project, the inclusion or
installation of any equipment or assembly which bears on any exposed surface
any name, trademark, or other insignia which is intended to identify the
manufacturer, the vendor, or other source(s) from which such object has been
obtained, is prohibited.
B.
Required UL labels shall not be removed nor shall identification specifically
required under the various technical sections of the Specifications be removed.
EQUIPMENT PADS AND ANCHOR BOLTS
A.
Provide concrete pads under all floor mounted electrical equipment. Equipment
pads shall conform to the shape of the piece of equipment it serves with a
minimum 1 inch margin around the equipment and supports. Pads shall be a
minimum of 4 inches high and made of a minimum 28 day, 2500psi concrete
reinforced with 6 inch x 6 inch 6/6 gauge welded wire mesh. Trowel tops and
sides of pad to smooth finishes, equal to those of the floors, with all external
corners bullnosed to a ¾ inch radius. Shop drawings stamped NO EXCEPTIONS
NOTED shall be used for dimensional guidance in sizing pads.
B.
Provide galvanized anchor bolts for all equipment placed on concrete equipment
pads, inertia blocks, or on concrete slabs. Provide bolts of the size and number
recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment and locate by means of
suitable templates. Equipment installed on vibration isolators shall be secured to
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 17
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
the isolator. Secure the isolator to the floor, pad, or support as recommended by
the vibration isolation manufacturer.
C.
3.17
3.18
Where equipment is mounted on gypsum board partitions, the mounting screws
shall pass through the gypsum board and securely attach to the partition studs.
As an alternative, the mounting screws may pass through the gypsum board and
be securely attached to 6 inches square, 18 gauge galvanized metal backplates,
which are attached to the gypsum board with an approved non-flammable
adhesive. Toggle bolts installed in gypsum board partitions are not allowed.
DELIVERY, DRAYAGE AND HAULING
A.
Provide drayage, hauling, hoisting, shoring and placement in the building of
equipment specified and be responsible for the timely delivery and installation of
equipment as required by the construction schedule. If any item of equipment is
received prior to the time that it is required, the Contractor shall be responsible for
its proper storage and protection until the time it is required. Pay for all costs of
drayage or storage.
B.
If equipment is not delivered or installed at the project site in a timely manner as
required by the project construction schedule, the Contractor shall be responsible
for resulting disassembly, re-assembly, manufacturer’s supervision, shoring,
general construction modification, delays, overtime costs, etc. at no additional
cost to the Owner.
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL PROTECTION
A.
Protect the work, equipment, and material of other trades from damage by work
or workmen of this trade, and correct damaged caused without additional cost to
the Owner.
B.
Take responsibility for work, materials, and equipment until finally inspected,
tested and accepted. Protect work against theft, injury, or damage, and carefully
store material and equipment received on site, which is not immediately installed.
Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during construction to
prevent entry of obstructing material. Cover and protect equipment and materials
from damage due to water, spray-on fireproofing, construction debris, etc. Store
equipment to moisture damage in dry, heated spaces.
C.
Provided adequate means for fully protecting finished parts of materials and
equipment against damage from whatever cause during the progress of the work
until final acceptance. Protect materials and equipment in storage and during
construction in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be damaged or
marred, and moving parts are kept clean and dry. Do not install damaged items;
take immediate steps to obtain replacement or repair.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 18
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.19
3.20
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
TESTING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A.
Comply with the project construction schedule for the date of final performance
and acceptance testing, and complete work sufficiently in advance of the Contract
completion date to permit the execution of the testing prior to occupancy and
Contract closeout. Complete any adjustments and/or alterations, which the final
acceptance tests indicate as necessary for the proper functioning of all equipment
prior to the completion date. See individual sections for extent of testing required.
B.
Provide a detailed schedule of completion indicating when each system is to be
completed and outlining when field testing will be performed. Submit completion
schedule for review within six months after the notice to proceed by Owner’s
Representative has been given. Update this schedule periodically as the project
progresses.
RECORD DRAWINGS
A.
The Contractor shall maintain on a daily basis at the Project site a complete set of
Record Drawings. The Record Drawings shall initially consist of a set of blueline
prints or AutoCAD files of the Contractor’s Coordination Drawings. The prints
shall be marked or updated to show the precise location of all buried or
concealed work and equipment, including embedded conduit, raceways and
boxes, and all changes and deviations in the Electrical work from that shown on
the Contract Documents. This requirement shall not be construed as
authorization for the Contractor to make changes in the layout or work without
definite written instructions from the Architect or Engineer. The updated
Coordination Drawings shall be used to produce the final Record Drawings that
shall be delivered to the Owner in AutoCAD electronic format media upon Project
completion.
B.
Record dimensions clearly and accurately to delineate the work as installed.
Suitably identify locations of all equipment by at least two dimensions to
permanent structures.
C.
The Contractor and Subcontractor shall mark all in-progress Record Drawings on
the front lower right hand corner with a rubber stamp impression or an AutoCAD
image similar to the following:
RECORD DRAWING
(3/8 inch high letters)
To be used for recording Field Deviations and
Dimensional Data Only
(5/16 inch high letters)
D.
Upon completion of the work, the Contractor and subcontractors shall certify all
Record Drawings on the front lower right hand corner adjacent to the above
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 19
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
marking with a rubber stamp impression or an AutoCAD image similar to the
following:
RECORD DRAWING
CERTIFIED CORRECT
(3/8 inch high letters)
(Printed Name of General Contractor)
(5/16 inch high letters)
Date:
(Printed Name of Subcontractor)
(5/16 inch high letters)
Date:
E.
F.
3.21
Prior to final acceptance of the Work of this Division, the Contractor shall submit
properly certified Record Drawings to the Architect and Engineer for review and
shall make changes, corrections, or additions as the Architect and/or Engineer
may require to the Record Drawings. After the Architect's and Engineer's review,
and any required Contractor revisions, the Record Drawings shall be delivered to
the Owner on electronic media in AutoCAD format. The Architect and Engineer
do not assume any responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Record
Drawings.
FINAL PUNCHLIST
A.
Prior to the Final Punchlist, certify that systems and equipment are complete,
operational, and are in compliance with the Contract Documents.
B.
During the Final Punchlist, provide personnel with access keys, hand held radios,
and necessary expertise to operate each system and piece of equipment to
demonstrate operational compliance with the Contract Documents.
C.
Any deficiencies noted on the Final Punchlist shall be expeditiously corrected and
certified in writing.
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 20
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.22
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
EARLY OCCUPANCY
A.
Complete those systems which are necessary to allow partial early occupancy of
the building.
B.
Verify and comply with requirements for temporary occupancy with the local
Building and Fire Departments.
END OF SECTION 16050
JULY 11, 2016
16050 - 21
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 16060
GROUNDING SYSTEM
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
1.2
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.3
1.4
A.
UL 467.
B.
ANSI C-1.
C.
IEEE 142.
D.
NEC.
E.
National Electrical Safety Code.
F.
Utility company requirements.
SUBMITTALS
Field test report.
FIELD TESTING
A.
1.6
Utility company approval of service installation.
STANDARDS
A.
1.5
Provide grounding system in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Resistance testing of grounding electrode system indicating maximum 5 Ohms
resistance to ground.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Provide an identification nameplate for each ground bus cabinet.
B.
Label each grounding electrode conductor exiting the main ground bus bar
cabinet.
JULY 11, 2016
16060 - 1
GROUNDING SYSTEM
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL
A.
2.2
GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM
A.
2.3
Grounding connections shall be brazed molded exothermic welded, bolted clamp
terminal, or pressure connector type.
Provide the following grounding electrodes, bonded together to form the
grounding electrode system:
1.
Metal underground water pipe in direct contact with earth for ten feet or
more and electrically continuous to the points of connection of the
grounding electrode conductor and the bonding conductors.
2.
The metal frame of the building, where effectively grounded.
3.
Concrete encased electrode (Ufer ground) consisting of a minimum of 20
feet of bare copper conductor (size 4/0 minimum) encased by a minimum
of 2 inches of concrete, located within and near the bottom of a concrete
foundation or footing that is in direct contact with the earth.
4.
Ground rod of copper clad steel, minimum ¾ inch diameter, minimum 10
feet long, driven full length into the earth. If a maximum resistance to
ground of 5 Ohms cannot be obtained with a single ground rod, provide
additional ground rods installed not closer than 6 feet apart until a
maximum resistance to ground of 5 Ohms is obtained.
5.
Ground ring consisting of driven ground rods and direct buried bare
copper cable, #4/0 minimum encircling the building as shown on the
drawings. Do not penetrate the foundation or retaining wall waterproofing
system.
6.
Other grounding electrodes as shown on the Drawings.
GROUND BUS BARS
A.
Provide a main ground bus bar in the main switchboard room. Provide ground
bus bar in other locations shown on the Drawings.
B.
Ground bus bars shall be 98% conductivity copper, minimum ¼ inch thick with
drilled holes for mounting lugs. Mount on stand off insulators.
JULY 11, 2016
16060 - 2
GROUNDING SYSTEM
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
2.4
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING SYSTEM
A.
Provide a continuous insulated #6 AWG (minimum) copper grounding conductor
between each telecom terminal backboard and telecom terminal cabinet. Bond
the telecommunications grounding system to the grounding electrode system and
to the nearest available structural steel on each floor.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL
A.
Metallic raceways, cable trays, cable armor, cable sheath, enclosures, equipment
frames, fittings, and other metallic non current carrying equipment parts and
surfaces shall be effectively bonded to the grounding system. Nonconductive
paint, enamel, or similar coating shall be removed at threads and contact
surfaces to preserve grounding continuity or fittings shall be provided to make
such removal unnecessary.
B.
The grounded service conductor (neutral) of each service shall be connected to
the grounding electrode system with an appropriately sized grounding electrode
conductor.
C.
The grounded conductor (neutral) of each separately derived system shall be
connected to nearest available effectively grounded building structural steel and
nearest available effectively grounded metal water pipe with an appropriately
sized grounding electrode conductor. Separately derived systems include the
following:
1.
Step down transformers.
D.
Neutral wiring shall be grounded at the system point of origin only and shall be
isolated from downstream grounding systems.
E.
Provide an insulated, isolated grounding conductor for branch circuits serving
isolated ground type receptacles. Isolated grounding conductors shall be isolated
from other grounding systems back to the system point of origin.
F.
Provide an insulated grounding conductor for all segments of branch circuits
serving motors controlled by variable frequency drive controllers.
G.
Bond interior metal piping systems to the grounding electrode system. Where
metallic piping and duct systems are rendered metallically non continuous by non
conductive couplings, provide bonding jumpers to provide grounding continuity.
H.
Receptacles and lighting fixtures shall be grounded to the outlet box by means of
a bonding jumper between the outlet box and the receptacle or lighting fixture
grounding terminal.
JULY 11, 2016
16060 - 3
GROUNDING SYSTEM
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
I.
Feeders and branch circuits shall be provided with an insulated grounding
conductor run with the circuit conductors. Provide #12 grounding conductor for
every three (3) 20A-1P branch circuits. This grounding conductor shall be in
addition to the ground path provided by the continuously grounded metallic
raceway system that encloses the phase and neutral conductors.
J.
Provide bolted clamp terminal connectors where connected to removable
equipment.
K.
Provide brazed molded exothermic welded connections to ground rods and
connections to building structural steel.
END OF SECTION 16060
JULY 11, 2016
16060 - 4
GROUNDING SYSTEM
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 16110
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
1.2
Provide raceways and boxes in accordance with the Contract Documents.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Conduit, Boxes, Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters:
1.
1.3
No requirements.
IDENTIFICATION
A.
Mark junction box covers with permanent stencil identification of panelboard and
circuit numbers of wiring contained within.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.
Conduit and Boxes:
1.
B.
Modular Wiring System:
1.
C.
2.2
UL listed and labeled products of any manufacturer meeting the specified
performance requirements are acceptable.
Reloc, Dual-Lite, or equal.
Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters:
1.
Square D or equal.
2.
Wireways and auxiliary gutters shall be UL listed and labeled.
CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A.
Rigid Steel Conduit:
1.
Rigid conduit, heavy wall, hot dipped galvanized inside and out, threaded
ends.
2.
Threaded type fittings.
JULY 11, 2016
16110 - 1
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
2.3
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Rigid Aluminum Conduit:
1.
Rigid conduit, heavy wall, threaded ends.
2.
Threaded type fittings.
Electrical Metallic Tubing:
1.
Continuous, seamless steel tubing galvanized or sherardized on exterior,
coated on interior with smooth hard finish of lacquer, varnish or enamel.
2.
Steel, set screw or compression type fittings. Provide concrete type
fittings where required.
Flexible Steel Conduit:
1.
Single strip, continuous, flexible interlocked double-wrapped steel, hot dip
galvanized inside and out forming smooth internal wiring channel.
2.
Steel, compression type fittings.
Liquid Tight Flexible Conduit:
1.
Same as flexible steel conduit except with tough, inert, watertight plastic
outer jacket.
2.
Fittings shall be cast malleable iron body and gland nut, cadmium plated
with one-piece brass grounding bushings threaded to interior of conduit.
Spiral molded vinyl sealing ring between gland nut and bushing and nylon
insulated throat.
Rigid Non-metallic Conduit:
1.
Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride suitable for 90°C.
2.
Solvent cemented type fittings.
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM
A.
Factory pre-assembled connectors and pre-wired cable assemblies to interface
with lighting fixtures and lighting switches. UL 498 overload test for connecting or
disconnecting under load. UL listed for use in air handling plenums.
B.
Components shall be color coded for voltage class, function keyed, and dead
fronted to avoid the possibility of electrical shock. Cables shall be capable of
connecting to any fixture connector on respective switching function.
C.
Connectors shall be made of injection molded polyester thermoset compound
with up to four copper alloyed spade pins or taps for positive contact, two positive
locking latches and rated for 20 amps. Provide one multipurpose flexible
connector with two power out (one un-switched and one switched) and one
JULY 11, 2016
16110 - 2
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
switchleg connection faces at each lighting fixture female receptacle to allow for
switched or un-switched functions. Provide one female receptacle for each
lighting fixture. Receptacle shall be capable of rotating 270 to reduce excessive
stress that may be caused by the cable assemblies. Receptacles shall be
recessed or capable of being mounted in a standard ½ inch knockout allowing for
end mount conversions in the field where necessary.
2.4
2.5
D.
Cable assemblies shall be constructed using a flexible armor jacket with insulated
solid 12 gauge copper conductors. Provide a full size insulated grounding
conductor in each cable assembly. Each cable assembly shall be supplied with a
minimum of two feet of cable more than what is required to connect from fixture to
fixture. Quantity of conductors in each cable assembly shall be as required.
E.
Distribution junction boxes shall contain up to four receptacles mounted in a UL
listed enclosure. Provide with external flanges for mounting to building structure.
WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS
A.
Sizes and shapes as indicated and/or as required.
B.
Provide necessary elbows, tees, connectors, adapters, etc.
C.
Continuous removable cover secured with screws and keyhole slots. Hinged
cover where installed above suspended ceiling.
D.
Provide wire retainers at not greater than 12 inches on center.
OUTLET, JUNCTION, AND PULL BOXES
A.
B.
Cast Type Boxes:
1.
Ferrous alloy box with inside threaded hubs for rigid steel conduit.
2.
Aluminum box with threaded hubs for rigid aluminum conduit.
3.
Ferrous alloy box with compression or inside threaded hubs with adapter
for electrical metallic tubing.
4.
Cast raised cover, size matched to contour of box.
5.
Tapered threads for hubs.
Galvanized Pressed Steel Type Boxes:
1.
General:
a.
2.
JULY 11, 2016
Pressed steel, galvanized or cadmium-plated, 4 inches minimum
octagonal or square with galvanized cover or extension ring as
required.
Provide 3/8 inch no bolt fixture studs where required.
16110 - 3
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
C.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Sheet Steel Boxes:
1.
No. 12 gauge sheet steel for boxes with maximum side less than 40
inches, and maximum area not exceeding 1,000 square inches; riveted or
welded ¾ inch flanges at exterior corners.
2.
No. 10 gauge sheet steel for boxes with maximum side 40 to 60 inches,
and maximum area 1,000 to 1,500 square inches; riveted or welded ¾
inch flanges at exterior corners.
3.
No. 10 gauge sheet steel riveted or welded to 1½ inch by 1½ inch by ¼
inch welded angle iron framework for boxes with maximum side
exceeding 60 inches and more than 1,500 square inches in area.
4.
Covers:
5.
a.
Same gauge steel as box.
b.
Subdivided single covers so no section of cover exceeds 50
pounds.
c.
Machine bolts or machine screws threaded into tapped holes.
Paint:
a.
Rust inhibiting primer, ANSI 61 grey enamel finish coat.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL
A.
Provide raceways for all systems. Provide insulated grounding conductor in
nonmetallic raceways. Minimum conduit size shall be ½ inch. Wiring of each
type and system shall be installed in separate raceways.
B.
Protect metallic raceway in earth or fill from corrosion with two coats of corrosion
resistant paint or tape wrap.
C.
Elbows for conduit installed below grade or embedded within floor slabs shall be
rigid steel conduit with two coats of corrosion resistant paint, tape wrap, or plastic
coated rigid steel conduit.
D.
Tie embedded raceways securely in place prior to concrete placement.
Raceways installed below or within floor slabs shall extend a minimum of 4 inches
above the finished slab or housekeeping pad to the first connector. Install
capped bushings on conduit stub ups.
E.
Locate raceways so that the integrity of structural members is not affected and
they do not conflict with the services of other trades. Draw up couplings and
JULY 11, 2016
16110 - 4
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
fittings full and tight. Protect threads from corrosion after installation with zinc
chromate or equivalent protection.
F.
Conceal raceways except at surface mounted cabinets and freestanding
equipment. Install minimum of 6 inches from flues, steam pipes, or other heated
lines. Provide flashing and counter-flashing for waterproofing of raceways which
penetrate the roof. Install power raceways a minimum of 24 inches from
telecommunications raceways, cross at 90 angle. Route exposed raceways and
raceways above suspended ceilings parallel or perpendicular to building lines
with right angle turns and symmetrical bends. Provide sleeves in concrete walls,
floor slabs and partitions. Waterproof sleeved raceways where required.
G.
Provide raceway expansion joints for exposed and concealed raceways at
expansion joints and between structures to compensate for differential
movement. Provide bonding conductor.
H.
Provide one empty ¾ inch raceway for each three spare unused poles or spaces
of flush-mounted panelboards. Terminate conduit in an accessible location for
future extension.
I.
Provide raceways with appropriate seal-offs, explosion-proof fittings, etc. in
special occupancy areas as required. Provide conduit seal-offs where portions of
an interior raceway system pass through walls, ceilings or floors which separate
adjacent rooms having substantially different maintained temperatures,
refrigeration, or cold storage rooms.
J.
Provide pull cord in empty raceways. Tag both ends noting destination.
K.
Clear raceway of all obstructions and dirt prior to pulling in wires or cables. Use
ball mandrel (diameter approximately 85% of conduit insider diameter) followed
by close fitting wire brush and wad of felt or similar material. This assembly may
be pulled with, but ahead of cable being installed. Clean empty raceways
similarly. Clear or replace any raceway which rejects ball mandrel.
L.
Secure raceways clamps or supports to masonry materials with toggle bolts,
expansion bolts, or steel inserts. Install raceway on steel construction with
approved clamps which do not depend on friction or set-screw pressure alone.
M.
Non Metallic Raceway Installations:
1.
Joints shall be made using the material recommended by the raceway
manufacturer. Components shall be cleaned prior to assembly.
2.
Raceway cutoffs shall be square and shall not deform conduit. Ream
rough surfaces.
3.
Provide male box adapters to terminate raceways.
JULY 11, 2016
16110 - 5
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
N.
3.2
3.3
3.4
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
4.
Where separable terminations are required, provide PVC threaded
adapters with locknuts or bushings. Provide “O” rings for watertight
installations.
5.
Bends shall be made by methods that do not deform or damage the
conduit.
6.
Provide expansion fittings where required.
7.
Raceway supports shall be installed to allow the non metallic conduit to
slide through the supports.
8.
Non metallic raceway is not permitted within the building.
Raceways Above Suspended Ceilings:
1.
Single runs of ½ inch or ¾ inch raceways may be supported from ceiling
support wires where permitted by the rating of the ceiling system.
2.
Provide independent support of raceways larger than ¾ inch. Provide
independent support of multiple raceways (more than one). Provide
unistrut support and threaded rod to structure above. Attachment to
ceiling support wires is not permitted.
3.
Provide independent support of raceways installed above fire rated
ceilings. Attachment to ceiling support wires is not permitted.
4.
Install conduit 1 foot-0 inch minimum above top of ceiling.
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM
A.
Provide distribution boxes where transitions are made from fixed raceways to the
modular wiring system. Label distribution junction box with panelboard and circuit
numbers.
B.
Cable assemblies shall be connected horizontally to multi-purpose connectors.
Support cable assemblies at intervals not to exceed 4 feet-6 inches on center or
closer if required. Provide dust caps on unused connector faces.
WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS
A.
Install wireways above suspended ceilings such that cover will hinge upward from
side.
B.
Provide 12 inches clear from wireway cover when in open position.
OUTLET, JUNCTION, AND PULL BOXES
JULY 11, 2016
16110 - 6
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.5
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
A.
Provide outlet, junction, and pull boxes as indicated and as required for a
complete installation and to facilitate proper pulling of wires and cables. Boxes
shall be sized per electrical code as minimum. Plug open knock outs.
B.
The exact location of outlets and equipment is governed by field conditions.
Where necessary, relocate outlets so that fixtures and equipment are
symmetrically located in accordance with the room layout and will not interfere
with other work or equipment. Verify final location of outlets, fixtures, and
equipment with Architect.
C.
Back-to-back outlets in the same wall, or “through-wall” type boxes are not
permitted. Provided 12 inch minimum spacing for outlets shown on opposite side
of a common wall. Provide acoustical potting compound on outlet boxes installed
in private offices and conference rooms.
D.
Fit outlet boxes in finished ceilings or wall with appropriate covers, set flush with
the finished surface. Where more than one switch or device is located at one
point, use multiple gang boxes and covers. Provide tile box or a 4 inch square
box with tile ring in masonry walls not plastered or furred. Where drywall material
is utilized, provide plaster ring. Provide outlet boxes of type and size suitable for
the specific application. Provide barriers where required for voltage or systems
separation.
E.
Provide pull boxes so that an individual run of conduit does not contain more than
the equivalent of 4 ninety degree bends (360 degrees total).
F.
Boxes recessed in walls or ceilings with a surface of concrete, tile, gypsum,
plaster, or other noncombustible material shall be installed so that the front edge
of the box shall not be set back from the finished surfaces more than ¼ inch.
Boxes recessed in walls and ceiling constructed of wood or other combustible
surface material shall be flush with the finished surface.
G.
Where boxes are installed in plaster, drywall, or plasterboard surfaces with cut
openings for box installation, the cut openings shall be repaired so there shall be
no gaps or open spaces greater than 1/8 inch at the edge of the box or fitting.
APPLICATION OF RACEWAYS
A.
B.
Rigid Steel Conduit:
1.
Where exposed to physical damage.
2.
Indoors where exposed to moisture.
3.
Where required by code.
4.
Exposed indoor installations within 10 feet above finished floor.
5.
Exposed outdoor installations.
Electrical Metallic Tubing:
JULY 11, 2016
16110 - 7
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
1.
C.
D.
E.
F.
3.6
General purpose feeders and branch circuits, except where another
conduit type is specifically required.
Flexible Steel Conduit:
1.
Dry locations only.
2.
Connections to lighting fixtures in suspended ceilings.
3.
Connections to equipment installed suspended ceilings.
4.
Transformer connections.
5.
Connections to equipment where vibration isolation is needed.
6.
Maximum length shall be 6 feet.
Liquid Tight Flexible Steel Conduit:
1.
Same as flexible steel conduit in damp or wet locations.
2.
Motor connections.
Rigid Non-metallic Conduit:
1.
Underground duct banks.
2.
Below slab on grade.
3.
Embedded in floor slabs.
Modular Wiring System:
1.
G.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Non emergency lighting system connection in accessible ceiling locations.
Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters:
1.
Where indicated.
2.
Above and below panelboards, lighting relay cabinets, and terminal
cabinets to accommodate large concentrations of wires.
APPLICATION OF BOXES OUTLET, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES
A.
Cast Type Boxes:
1.
Where connected to rigid steel, intermediate metal, rigid aluminum
conduit and liquid tight flexible conduit, 1¼ inches and smaller.
2.
Exposed conduit installations within 10 feet above finished floor.
3.
Where exposed to moisture and outdoors.
JULY 11, 2016
16110 - 8
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
C.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Galvanized Pressed Steel Type Boxes:
1.
Where connected to electrical metallic tubing and flexible steel conduit,
1¼ inches and smaller.
2.
Dry locations.
3.
Where concealed in walls and above suspended ceilings.
Sheet Steel Boxes:
1.
Where connected to conduit larger than 1¼ inches.
END OF SECTION 16110
JULY 11, 2016
16110 - 9
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 16120
600V WIRE AND CABLE
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
1.2
1.3
STANDARDS
A.
Rubber Insulated Wire and Cables: ICEA S-19-81, NEMA WC 3, and UL 44.
B.
Thermoplastic Insulated Wire and Cables: ICEA S-61-402, NEMA WC 3, and UL
83.
C.
Cross Linked Thermosetting Polythylene Insulated Wire and Cables: ICEA S-66524, NEMA WC 7, and UL 44.
D.
Service Entrance Cable: UL 854.
E.
Annealed Copper Wire for Conductors: ASTM B-3.
F.
Terminal Blocks: UL 1059.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.4
Wire and cable shall be of the same manufacturer.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.5
Provide 600V wire and cable in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Field test reports.
FIELD TESTING
A.
Inspect splices and terminations and make mechanically and electrically tight
during the fifteen day period immediately prior to final acceptance of the work.
B.
Feeder insulation shall be tested after installation, and before final connection.
1.
Tests shall be performed with a 500 volt megger, and conductors shall
test free from short circuits and grounds.
2.
Conductors shall be tested phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground.
3.
Furnish the instruments, materials, and labor required.
JULY 11, 2016
16120 - 1
600V WIRE AND CABLE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
C.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Demonstration: Subsequent to wire and cable installation and connection,
energize circuits and demonstrate functioning in accordance with contract
requirements. Correct deficiencies and retest to demonstrate compliance.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.
Wire and Cable
1.
B.
C.
Connectors
1.
Wire size number 14 through number 6:
a.
Hand applied: Piggy (Thomas & Betts), Scotchlock (3M), or Wing
Nut (Ideal).
b.
Tool applied: Burndy HYDENT or Thomas & Betts Stakon.
2.
Wire size number 4 through number 1:
a.
Tool applied: One hole compression type, Burndy HYLUG or
Thomas & Betts 54000 Series.
3.
Wire size number 1/0 through 1000 MCM:
a.
Tool applied: Two hole compression type, Burndy HYLUG or
Thomas & Betts 54000 series.
Electrical Tape:
1.
2.2
AFC Cable Systems, Allied Wire and Cable, American Insulated Wire,
Cerro Wire, General Cable, Prysmian, Southwire.
Insulating type, Johns-Manville or 3M.
WIRE AND CABLE
A.
General
1.
B.
Conductor
1.
C.
600V minimum insulating rating.
Electrical grade, annealed copper, tinned if rubber insulated, and
fabricated in accordance with ASTM and ICEA standards. Minimum size
number 12 for branch circuits; number 14 for control wiring.
Stranding and Number of Conductors
1.
Number 12 and number 10 solid.
2.
Larger than number 10, stranded ASTM Class B.
JULY 11, 2016
16120 - 2
600V WIRE AND CABLE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
D.
3.
Control wires stranded in accordance with ASTM Class B stranding
designations.
4.
Cables for low voltage systems shall be multi conductor type unless
otherwise noted.
Insulation
1.
E.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
600 volts, PVC insulation, nylon jacket, surface printed identification, listed
as type THHN or THWN per UL 83.
Color Coding
1.
Wiring shall be color coded as follows:
2.
Wire number 8 and smaller shall be factory color coded the entire length.
Wire number 6 and larger shall be color coded by color taping entire
length of exposed conductor at all accessible locations.
3.
Control wiring shall be color coded in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL
A.
Maximum of three branch circuits in one conduit unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Provide minimum number 10 wiring for 120 volt branch circuits exceeding 150
feet in length from panelboard to furthest outlet.
C.
Do not install wire until raceway systems are complete.
D.
Provide cable supports for vertical risers.
E.
Wire size shall be uniform for the entire length of the circuit unless noted
otherwise.
F.
Do not splice feeders or dedicated branch circuits unless otherwise indicated.
G.
Make connections, splices, taps, and joints with solderless devices, mechanically
and electrically secure.
H.
Lubricate cables to facilitate pulling. Lubrication material shall be inert to cable
insulation and raceways.
I.
Install compression connectors with hydraulic die, embossing die code into
connector. Connect to bus with Bellville type washers for positive pressure over
complete contact area. Insulate with heat shrink tubing.
JULY 11, 2016
16120 - 3
600V WIRE AND CABLE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
J.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Provide a separate neutral for dimmer branch circuits, ground fault interrupter
branch circuits, and branch circuits serving isolated ground and isolated ground
surge suppressor type receptacles.
END OF SECTION 16120
JULY 11, 2016
16120 - 4
600V WIRE AND CABLE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 16140
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
1.2
1.3
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Equipment shall be certified for use in the State of California and shall meet the
State Energy Code and local energy ordinances.
B.
Coordinate service fittings with electrified furniture system supplier.
C.
Floor boxes shall comply with UL scrub water tests for carpet, wood and tile
floors.
STANDARDS
A.
Switches: Federal Specifications WS-896E.
B.
Receptacles: Federal Specification WC596-D, NEMA WD-1, and UL 498.
C.
Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacles: UL 943 Class A.
D.
Electrified furniture system supplier’s requirements.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.5
Provide wiring devices in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Manufacturer’s product data sheets.
COLORS
A.
Device and coverplate colors shall be as selected by Architect.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.
Catalog numbers shall not be used to determine colors of devices and
coverplates. Catalog numbers are used to establish minimum acceptable
standard.
B.
Switches and Receptacles: Arrow Hart, Hubbell, Leviton, Pass & Seymour, or
Slater.
JULY 11, 2016
16140 - 1
WIRING DEVICES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
C.
2.2
Plugstrip and Surface Raceways: Wiremold Hubbell, or Mono-systems, Inc.
RECEPTACLES
A.
B.
C.
General:
1.
Receptacles shall be of the type indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Receptacles shall be commercial specification grade, 125V, grounding
type, back and side wired.
3.
Receptacles in the patient bed locations including Exam and Treatment
rooms shall be hospital grade type.
4.
Receptacles in the pediatric areas shall be tamper resistant (Child Proof).
Receptacles:
1.
Single, 15A: Leviton 5261.
2.
Duplex, 15A: Leviton 5262.
3.
Duplex, 20A: Leviton 5362.
4.
Designer style single, 15A: Leviton Decora 16251.
5.
Designer style duplex, 15A: Leviton Decora 16252.
6.
Designer style duplex, 20A: Leviton Decora 16352.
Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacles:
1.
Duplex, 15A: Leviton 8598.
2.
Duplex, 20A: Leviton 8898-HG.
D.
Special purpose receptacles: Rating as indicated on the Drawings.
E.
Weatherproof Receptacles:
1.
F.
Duplex, weatherproof coverplate with hinged door.
Power Connection to Electrified Furniture System:
1.
2.3
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Single gang stainless steel coverplate with factory cut hole suitable for
connection or electrified furniture system wiring whip.
PLUGSTRIP AND SURFACE RACEWAYS
A.
Provide plugstrip and surface mounted raceway system in lengths shown and
suitable for the branch circuiting shown on the Drawings.
JULY 11, 2016
16140 - 2
WIRING DEVICES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
Plugstrip shall be grounding type, painted color as selected by Architect. Provide
isolated ground type plug strip where served by an isolated grounding conductor.
C.
All surface telecom raceways shall have full capacity corner elbows to accept
fiber cable installations.
D.
Power type:
E.
F.
2.4
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
1.
Single compartment surface metal raceway with removable cover.
2.
Single receptacle outlets mounted on 12 inch centers.
3.
Wiremold 2000 Series.
Power/Telecom type:
1.
Two compartment surface metal raceway with internal divider and
removable cover.
2.
12 inch outlet spacing is standard. Select 6 inch or 9 inch if desired.
3.
Duplex receptacle outlets and telecom fittings mounted on12 inch centers.
4.
Wiremold V-4000 Series with V-4046B combination type fittings.
Power/Telecom type:
1.
Two parallel raceway runs with removable covers.
2.
12 inch outlet spacing is standard. Select 6 inch or 9 inch if desired.
3.
Duplex receptacle outlets or telecom fittings mounted on 12 inch centers.
4.
Wiremold V-3000 Series with V-3043BE fittings.
COVERPLATES
A.
Provide coverplates for wiring devices. Provide multiple gang coverplates where
multiple devices are installed in a common location.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL
A.
General:
1.
Verify the exact location of wiring devices with Architect.
2.
Devices mounted above counters shall be 2 inches above the top of the
backsplash to the bottom of the coverplate.
JULY 11, 2016
16140 - 3
WIRING DEVICES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
C.
3.
Provide a number 12 grounding conductor from the device grounding
terminal to the panelboard ground bus. Bond wiring device to outlet box.
4.
Connect electrified furniture system wiring whip to power outlet.
5.
Receptacles mounted in boxes shall be installed so that the mounting
yoke or strap of the receptacle is held rigidly against the surface of the
wall. Drywall or plaster surfaces shall be repaired so there are no gaps
greater than 1/8 inch from the edge of the box or fitting.
6.
Receptacle faces shall project a minimum of 0.4mm (0.015 inches) from
the faceplate. Faceplates shall be installed so as to completely cover the
opening and seat against the mounting surface.
Receptacles:
1.
Mount receptacles vertically with the grounding pin on bottom.
2.
Coordinate receptacle types in item 2 with project requirements.
3.
Provide conventional style duplex receptacles in equipment rooms.
Provide designer style type duplex receptacles to match rocker handle
type lighting switches in other areas.
Plugstrip:
1.
D.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Provide a 1 inch empty conduit home run to the nearest
telecommunications terminal board for each 12 linear feet of
telecommunications plug strip.
Coverplates:
1.
Install device plates in full contact with wall surface. Plates shall not
project out from the wall.
2.
Coverplates for multiple gang wall dimmers shall be continuous flush type
tailored to match wall dimmer physical dimensions.
3.
Coordinate coverplate types in item 4 with project requirements.
4.
Provide stainless steel, smooth face coverplates in equipment rooms.
Provide thermoplastic, smooth face coverplates in other areas.
END OF SECTION 16140
JULY 11, 2016
16140 - 4
WIRING DEVICES
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 16150
EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND COORDINATION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
1.2
Provide equipment connections and coordination in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
SUBMITTALS
A.
No requirements.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
NOT APPLICABLE
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL
A.
Provide equipment connections and coordination in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations and product submittals.
B.
Provide disconnect switches for equipment. Where equipment requires fuse
protection, provide fusible type disconnect switches with fuses rated in
accordance with equipment manufacturer’s requirements. Disconnect switches
for single phase equipment shall be thermal overload type. Locate disconnect
switches in coordination with the layout of equipment. Provide supports for a free
standing installation if required to allow access to disconnect switch and/or
proximity to equipment served.
C.
Provide final connections to hard wired equipment with a minimum of two feet of
liquid tight flexible metal conduit.
D.
Verify the requirements of cord and plug equipment and provide receptacles,
branch circuiting and branch circuit overcurrent protection to match. Receptacle
types shown on the Drawings are for bidding purposes only.
E.
Where equipment is supplied from conduit run under or within the floor slab,
extend conduit to a junction box mounted on a two foot stub up of rigid steel
conduit. Provide suitable bracing on conduit stub up.
F.
Where equipment is fed from overhead, support conduit on flanged floor type
fitting.
JULY 11, 2016
16150 - 1
EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND COORDINATION
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.2
3.3
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
EQUIPMENT CONNECTION TYPES
A.
Provide equipment connection types as indicated on the equipment connection
schedule.
B.
Equipment Connection Types:
1.
Type DP: Duplex pump system with controller provided under Division 15.
Provide connection to controller and connections from controller to
pumps in accordance with the controller manufacturer’s installation
instructions. Provide connections for local controls and alarms in
accordance with the controller manufacturer’s installation instructions.
2.
Type FR: Fractional horsepower single phase motor. Provide thermal
overload/disconnect switch and motor connection.
3.
Type FWS: Equipment furnished with starter. Install starter and provide
connection to starter and connection from starter to equipment.
4.
Type M: Motor with starter provided under Division 16. Provide
disconnect switch and motor connection.
5.
Type SPC: Single point connection. Provide single point connection to
equipment provided with factory mounted starter/controller listed for single
point power connection. Provide fusible disconnect switch with fuses
sized in accordance with equipment nameplate requirements.
6.
Type VFD: Variable frequency drive furnished under Division 15. Install
VFD and provide connection to VFD and connection from VFD to
equipment.
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
A.
Provide electrical connections to mechanical equipment.
B.
Where motor controllers are furnished by others, install controller and provide
connections at line and load side of controllers.
C.
Where reduced voltage, multiple speed, duplex, triplex, lead-lag, pony motor or
other unusual controller types are utilized, coordinate specific requirements of
motor(s) and controller and provide required wiring between motor(s) and
controller.
D.
Provide branch circuits and connections to chiller oil heaters and pumps.
E.
Provide branch circuits and connections to sump and sewage ejector pump alarm
bell systems.
JULY 11, 2016
16150 - 2
EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND COORDINATION
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
F.
3.4
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
For electric water coolers verify whether the equipment is hard wired, cord and
plug connected and whether a remote chiller is provided. Provide circuiting and
connections to match.
OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT
A.
Provide electrical connections to owner furnished equipment.
B.
Inspect owner furnished equipment for damage, defects, missing components,
etc. Report deficiencies to the Owner immediately. Do not install or connect
deficient equipment.
C.
Provide supports, fastenings, and auxiliary hardware necessary for a complete
installation in accordance with the finished building conditions.
END OF SECTION 16150
JULY 11, 2016
16150 - 3
EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND COORDINATION
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 16310
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
1.2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Multi-outlet supports.
B.
Raceway supports.
C.
Conduit supports.
WORK INCLUDED
A.
Refer to SECTION 260100: Basic Electrical Requirements
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
Supports:
1.
OZ/Gedney
2.
Appleton
3.
Thomas and Betts
4.
Minerallac
5.
Midwest Electric
6.
Unistrut
7.
B-Line
8.
Kindorf
9.
Super Strut
10.
Erico Products (Caddy)
Anchors:
1.
Hilti
2.
Red Head
JULY 11, 2016
16310 - 1
SUPPORT AND ANCHORS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
2.2
3.
Raw Plug
4.
Star Expansion
METAL SURFACE RACEWAYS AND MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLIES
A.
2.3
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Fasteners and Supports:
1.
Wood: Flat-head wood screw.
2.
Dry Wall: Plastic anchor with flat-head wood screw.
3.
Plaster: Plastic anchor with flat-head sheet metal screw.
4.
Brick, Masonry or Block: Masonry nail.
5.
Tile: Toggle bolt.
6.
Concrete: Drive pin fastener.
CONDUIT
A.
Single Conduit:
1.
Supported from beam flange:
a.
2.
Beam Clamp:
(1)
Appleton No. BH500 for conduit 1 inch and smaller.
(2)
Appleton No. BH502 for conduit 1-1/4 inches and larger.
b.
Conduit Hanger: Zinc-plated steel with bolt and nut, Minerallac No.
0-B through 10-B as required.
c.
Support: Machine screw between clamp and hanger.
Supported and suspended from beam flange:
a.
Beam Clamp:
(1)
Appleton No. BH500 for conduit 1 inch and smaller.
(2)
Appleton No. BH502 for conduit 1-1/4 inches and larger.
b.
Conduit Hanger: Zinc-plated steel with bolt and nut, Minerallac No.
0-B through 10-B as required.
c.
Rod: Zinc-plated or galvanized steel, threaded, Minerallac.
(1)
JULY 11, 2016
1/4 inch diameter for conduit 1 inch and smaller.
16310 - 2
SUPPORT AND ANCHORS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
(2)
d.
3.
4.
5.
6.
JULY 11, 2016
3/8 inch diameter for conduit 1-1/4 inches and larger.
Support:
(1)
Nut on rod on both the inside and outside of the clamp;
outside nut to act as locking nut.
(2)
Nut on rod on inside of hanger.
Supported from concrete slab or roof:
a.
Support: One-hole strap, Minerallac MIN-E snap-on clip.
b.
Concrete Insert: Phillips Redhead, 'J' or 'S' Series.
Supported and suspended from concrete slab or roof:
a.
Conduit Hanger: Zinc-plated steel with bolt and nut, Minerallac No.
0-B through 10-B as required.
b.
Rod: Zinc-plated or galvanized steel, threaded, Minerallac.
(1)
1/4 inch diameter for conduit 1 inch and smaller.
(2)
3/8 inch diameter for conduit 1-1/4 inches and larger.
c.
Support: Nut on rod on inside and outside of hanger.
d.
Concrete Insert: Phillips Redhead, 'J' or 'S' Series.
Supported from metal deck:
a.
Support: One-hole strap, Minerallac MIN-E snap-on clip.
b.
Anchor in Deck: No. 10 x 3/4 inch pan-head sheet metal screw.
Supported and suspended from metal deck:
a.
Conduit Hanger: Zinc-plated steel with bolt and nut, Minerallac No.
0-B through 10-B as required.
b.
Rod: Zinc-plated or galvanized steel, threaded, Minerallac.
(1)
1/4 inch diameter for conduit 1 inch and smaller.
(2)
3/8 inch diameter for conduit 1-1/4 inches and larger.
c.
Support: Nut on rod on inside and outside of hanger.
d.
Anchor in Deck: Fender washer with nut.
16310 - 3
SUPPORT AND ANCHORS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
7.
8.
B.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Supported from concrete or hollow masonry wall:
a.
Conduit Hanger: Two-hole heavy-duty strap, Minerallac 200
Series.
b.
Anchor:
(1)
Concrete: Phillips Redhead, 'J' or 'S' Series.
(2)
Masonry Wall: Molly bolt.
Supported from damp or outside concrete wall:
a.
Conduit Hanger: Zinc-plated steel with bolt and nut, Minerallac No.
0-B through 10-B as required.
b.
Anchor: Phillips Redhead, 'J' or 'S' Series.
Multiple Conduits:
1.
2.
Supported from concrete slab or roof:
a.
Support: One-hole strap, Minerallac MIN-E snap-on clip.
b.
Concrete Insert: Phillips Redhead, 'J' or 'S' Series.
Supported and suspended from concrete slab or roof:
a.
Conduit Hanger: Unistrut pipe clamp No. P1100 Series for rigid and
No. P1200 Series for EMT.
b.
Rods (2 required): 3/8 inch diameter.
c.
Support:
d.
3.
Unistrut No. P-1000, length as required.
(2)
Nut on rod on outside of unistrut and unistrut spring-loaded
nut on inside of unistrut.
Concrete Insert: Phillips Redhead, 'J' or 'S' Series.
Supported from metal deck:
a.
JULY 11, 2016
(1)
Conduit Hanger: Zinc-plated steel with bolt and nut, Minerallac No.
0-B through 10-B as required.
16310 - 4
SUPPORT AND ANCHORS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
b.
4.
2.4
Anchor in Deck: Fender washer with nut.
Supported and suspended from metal deck:
a.
Conduit Hanger: Unistrut pipe clamp No. P1100 Series for rigid and
No. P1200 Series for EMT.
b.
Rods (2 required): 3/8 inch diameter.
c.
Support:
d.
5.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
(1)
Unistrut No. P-1000, length as required.
(2)
Nut on rod on outside of unistrut and unistrut spring-loaded
nut on inside of unistrut.
Anchor in Deck: Fender washer with nut.
Supported from concrete or hollow masonry wall:
a.
Conduit Hanger: Unistrut pipe clamp No. P1100 Series for rigid and
P1200 Series for EMT.
b.
Support: Unistrut No. P-1000, length as required.
c.
Anchor:
(1)
Concrete Insert: Phillips Redhead, 'J' or 'S' Series.
(2)
Masonry Wall: Molly bolt.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Manufacturer’s product data.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
CONDUIT SUPPORTS
A.
Support Horizontal Conduit as Follows:
1.
Rigid, intermediate conduit and EMT shall be supported no greater than
every 10 feet. Flexible conduit and MC cable shall be supported no greater
than every 4.5 feet.
B.
Rigid galvanized steel and EMT shall be supported within 3 feet of every outlet
box, junction box, cabinet, or fitting. Flexible conduit shall be supported within
1 foot.
C.
Support vertical conduit at every floor with a maximum of 10 feet between
supports.
JULY 11, 2016
16310 - 5
SUPPORT AND ANCHORS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
D.
3.2
Conduit systems shall be designed for maximizing deflection not greater than 1/8”.
SLEEVES
A.
3.3
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Provide conduit sleeves for every fire-rated wall or floor where conduit penetrates.
ANCHORS
A.
Anchors shall be installed using the proper drill bits and power tools.
B.
Anchors shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations.
END OF SECTION 16310
JULY 11, 2016
16310 - 6
SUPPORT AND ANCHORS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 16710
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
Scope of Work
B.
Codes and Specifications
C.
General Requirements and Conditions
D.
Qualifications of Subcontractors
E.
Product Requirements
F.
Structured Cabling System
G.
Submittals
H.
Record Drawings
I.
Definitions
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Contract Terms and Conditions
B.
Section 16715 - Acceptance Testing
C.
Section 16720 - Basic Materials and Methods
D.
Section 16740 - Telecommunications Cable
E.
Section 16741 - Telecommunications System and Data Network Active
Components
F.
Section 16760 - Telecommunications Grounding and Bonding
SCOPE
A.
Scope of Work
1.
JULY 11, 2016
The scope of work includes the provision, installation, testing, and
documentation of physical resources for voice, data and video systems
required by the construction documents. This includes the internal
building wiring for the voice, data and video systems and the required
16710 - 1
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
support systems and structures as well as connecting the building to the
existing campus cabling network as required by the construction
documents.
1.4
2.
The Contractor will provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and
permits necessary for the satisfactory and timely completion of the
project.
3.
The Contractor and SFUSD shall jointly coordinate the implementation of
the project.
4.
The scope of work shall include the installation of the building voice and
data cabling systems including new Pathways of opper Cables for the
project as outlined in the specifications and drawings.
5.
The work includes, but is not limited to, the items outlined in these
specifications and indicated on the drawings, as well as all incidental
items required to provide complete and operable systems. The SFUSD
and the Contractor shall mutually agree on the general conduct for the
work prior to initiation of construction and shall each be responsible for
following these general guidelines throughout the construction period
unless modified in writing based upon discussions at the project
coordination meetings.
CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS
A.
All work shall be performed in compliance with the most restrictive of Municipal,
State, and/or Federal Codes which may govern this work and shall conform to
the following codes and specifications:
1.
2.
JULY 11, 2016
National Fire Protection Association
a.
NFPA 70-1998 National Electric Code.
b.
NFPA 258 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Smoke
Generated by Solid Materials.
ANSI Specifications:
a.
ANSI C2-1981 National Electrical Safety Code.
b.
ANSI C80.3 Specification for Zinc-coated Electrical Metallic
Tubing.
c.
ANSI/UL 797 Electrical Metallic Tubing.
d.
ANSI/ICEA S-83-596-1994 - Fiber Optic Premises Distribution
Cable Technical Requirements.
16710 - 2
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Electronics Industry Alliance/Telecommunications Industry Association
EIA/TIA):
a.
ANSI/EIA/TIA 568-B.1, B.2, B.3 - Commercial Building
Telecommunications Wiring Standard.
b.
EIA/TIA 569 - Commercial Building Standard for
Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces.
c.
EIA/TIA 606A - Administration Standard for the
Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings.
d.
ANSI-J-STD-607-A-2002 - Commercial Building Grounding and
Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications.
e.
EIA - 310-D - Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated
Equipment.
f.
EIA/TIA 526-14 - Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed
Multimode Fiber Cable Plant.
g.
EIA/TIA 455-57A - Optical Fiber End Preparation and
Examination.
h.
EIA/TIA 455-59 - Measurement of Fiber Point Defects Using and
OTDR.
i.
EIA/TIA 455-60 - Measurement of Fiber Cable Length Using an
OTDR.
j.
EIA/TIA 455-61- Measurement of Fiber Cable Attenuation Using
an OTDR.
k.
EIA/TIA 455-95 - Absolute Optical Power Test for Optical Fibers
and Cables.
4.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Part 15 and Part 68.
5.
Title 24 - State of California Code of Regulations.
6.
California Building Code.
7.
California Electrical Code.
8.
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Specifications.
9.
IEEE Specifications:
a.
JULY 11, 2016
IEEE 802.2
16710 - 3
Logical Link Control Working Group
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
b.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
IEEE 802.3 Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD)
10.
NEMA VE1 Cable Tray Systems.
11.
Underwriters Laboratories Specifications:
a.
UL 497 Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment.
b.
UL 1479 Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire stops.
c.
UL Building Materials Directory; Through-Penetration Fire stops
Systems, and Fill, Void or Cavity Materials.
12.
The California Mechanical Code.
13.
ASTM Specifications:
a.
ASTM E 814 Methods of Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire
Stops.
b.
ASTM E 136 Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical
Tube Furnace at 750 degrees C.
14.
Rural Utilities Services (RUS), Bulletin 345-63, RUS Specifications for
Acceptance Tests and Measurements of Telephone Plant.
15.
Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA).
16.
Any existing SFUSD specifications or Standards.
B.
Where reference is made to a requirement that exceeds minimum code
requirements, the specification requirement shall take precedence. The
Contractor and the Owner’s representative shall jointly resolve any work that is in
apparent conflict with applicable codes.
C.
When these specifications call for materials or construction of better quality or
larger sizes than required by the above-mentioned rules and regulations, the
provisions of these specifications shall take precedence.
D.
In accordance with these laws, rules, and regulations, the Contractor shall
provide the following:
1.
Any additional material and labor that may be required for compliance
with these laws, rules, and regulations, even though the work is not
mentioned in these particular specifications.
2.
All permits required by any of the legally constituted public authorities for
the installation or construction of the work.
JULY 11, 2016
16710 - 4
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
1.5
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
3.
Any inspection or examinations required. Copies of certificates of all such
inspections shall be delivered to the Owner’s representative.
4.
If any work is concealed without proper inspection and approval, the
Contractor shall be responsible for all work required for opening and
restoring the concealed areas, in addition to all required modifications.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
A.
B.
Safety
1.
The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions
of the job site, including safety of persons and property during
performance of work.
2.
The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel working in or anywhere on
the site shall be provided a hard hat, safety shoes, a face shield or safety
goggles, etc. for their protection.
3.
If required by the campus, all personnel working in or anywhere on the
site shall display a photo-ID.
4.
The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel working in or anywhere on
the site shall conform to the campus’s regulations regarding confined
space.
5.
No act, service, drawing review, or construction observance by Owner’s
representative or any other party employed by the campus is intended to
include review or approval of adequacy of the Contractor’s safety
measures, in, on, or near the construction site.
Quality Assurance
1.
The specifications contained herein are set forth as the minimum
acceptable requirements of the Contractor’s Quality Assurance program.
The Contractor is responsible for executing any other Quality Assurance
measures necessary to ensure complete and fully functioning systems
within the scope of this project.
2.
The Contractor shall ensure that all design, workmanship, materials
employed, required equipment, and the manner and method of
installation conforms to accepted practices. Where specific specifications
do not apply, the more stringent of industry publications, or SFUSD
policies, manufacturer’s guidelines, or previous (similar) work at the
project site shall apply.
3.
The Contractor shall also ensure that each piece of equipment is in
satisfactory working condition.
JULY 11, 2016
16710 - 5
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
4.
The Contractor shall certify that the cable manufacturers have carried out
the quality assurance tests and procedures as specified herein. All cable
shall be manufactured by an ISO 9001-Certified manufacturer.
5.
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the cable packaging for
shipping/storage purposes meets or exceeds the following requirements:
a.
One continuous length of cable per shipping reel/container.
b.
Reels shall be wooden or steel, sturdy, lagged, and shall have
thermal protection jackets applied prior to lagging.
c.
Each reel/container shall be individually identified and marked with
the length of the cable it contains. Said marking shall withstand
weather and shipping conditions and remain readable.
d.
For fiber optic cable, results of the 100% Attenuation tests
conducted at the factory shall accompany each reel.
e.
Cable shall be packed in a manner that facilitates the
pre-installation tests to be conducted while the cable is still on the
reel (i.e., both ends of the cable shall be accessible while
protected from moisture).
f.
The Quality Assurance Plan employed shall include on-reel testing
of fiber including, but not limited to, OTDR, power loss,
attenuation, etc.
C.
Manufacturer’s Literature: Where these specifications call for an installation to be
made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, a copy of such
recommendations shall always be kept on the job site and shall be available to
the Owner’s representative.
D.
Acceptance of Project
1.
JULY 11, 2016
The SFUSD shall accept the project as complete based on the following
criteria:
a.
Before executing any performance testing, the Contractor shall
present a test plan in writing to the Owner’s representative for his
or her written approval.
b.
The Contractor has completed all testing and delivered written
copies of all test results to the Owner’s representative.
c.
All test results have been examined and approved in writing by the
Contractor and SFUSD.
d.
Copies of all documentation required by this section have been
delivered to the Owner’s representative.
16710 - 6
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
e.
E.
F.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
All punch list items are completed to the written satisfaction of the
Owner’s representative.
2.
Following completion and/or compliance with the requirements listed
above, the Contractor shall issue a Notice of Completion confirming that
the project is complete. A 45-day acceptance period shall begin
immediately following the issuance of the Notice of Completion.
3.
Minor failures shall be responded to at the SFUSD’s discretion or within
one business day.
Guarantee and Warranties
1.
The installed structured wiring (as applicable for given cable media)
system, including both inter- and intrabuilding sub-systems, shall be
manufacture warranted for a 20-year period.
2.
The Contractor shall be responsible for correcting any problems and
malfunctions that are warranty-related for the entire warranty period.
3.
Copies of any extended material warranties shall be passed through to
the Owner’s representative.
4.
During the installation and up to the date of final acceptance, the
Contractor shall protect all finished and unfinished work against damage
and loss. In the event of such damage or loss, the Contractor shall
replace or repair such work at no cost to the SFUSD.
Schedule
1.
The Contractor shall submit, prior to project start, a time line for the
project, showing all major dependencies and interactions with other
trades. The schedule shall:
a.
Identify any and all disruption to existing services and/or service
shutdowns on the schedule.
b.
Identify specifically the anticipated completion date for each
building and each floor within each building. These completion
dates shall be designated as milestones on the schedule.
2.
The Contractor shall not take any facility out of service during the
SFUSD’s normal hours of operation without agreement from SFUSD in
writing. Any out-of-service activity shall be requested in writing and be
coordinated two weeks in advance. The activity should generally be
scheduled after hours or on weekends.
3.
The Contractor shall make updates to the time line and shall provide a
weekly written status report to the Owner’s representative.
JULY 11, 2016
16710 - 7
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
G.
1.7
a.
Each status report shall include details of project progress and
shall describe any special incidents, activities, circumstances, or
interruptions of workflow.
b.
The status reports shall specifically itemize areas that shall be
affected by project activities planned for the succeeding week.
Certifications and Qualifications
1.
1.6
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
The telecommunications contractor shall be trained and certified in
installation of the chosen manufacture of the cabling components
installed for a minimum of six months prior to the Close of Bid date for this
project. The current certification shall also not be dated no later than one
year prior to Close of Bid for this project.
QUALIFICATIONS OF SUBCONTRACTORS
A.
All subcontractors employed by the Contractor shall have a minimum of 5 years’
experience in satisfactory completion of jobs of similar scope and amount and be
able to provide a 20 year applications warranty on the installed cable plant
B.
The Contractor shall compile detailed information relating to similar work
completed by all subcontractors employed for this project, including corporate
references, to enable the SFUSD to evaluate and agree to the subcontractors’
responsibility, experience, and capacity to perform the work.
C.
Each subcontractor employed by the Contractor to perform telecommunications
work on this project shall possess a C-7 (formerly C-61) Limited Specialty
License for Telecommunications and shall be certified to install, terminate, splice,
and test copper cables, fiber optic cable, riser cable, and inside wiring. This
requirement ensures integration into, support, maintenance, and warrantee by
the Contractor of the SFUSD's existing telecommunications infrastructure. The
appropriate subcontractor’s license for underground construction and conduit
installation is also required.
D.
An on-site Contractor superintendent shall be available at all times. Contact can
be by person, telephone, or cell phone and text message.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
A.
General Information
1.
JULY 11, 2016
These specifications identify the minimum specifications for product
quality acceptable on this project by designating a manufacturer’s trade or
brand name and catalog or model number or by describing attributes,
performance, or other specifications.
16710 - 8
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
2.
Where applicable, the most recent manufactured product line consistent
with the structured cable system supplier identified in the technical
specification sections is to be the minimum standard for quality and
performance of products to be used on this project.
3.
For any product described only by attributes, performance, or
specifications, the Contractor shall develop a written Product Submittal in
accordance with the requirements set forth herein. All Product Submittals
shall be reviewed and approved in writing by the Owner’s representative
prior to their use and installation on the project.
4.
Such phrases as “or equal,” “or equivalent,” and “or acceptable substitute”
indicate that an equivalent product may be proposed as a substitute for
that which is specified. The proposed substitution shall meet or exceed
the attributes, performance, or other specifications of the specified
product and shall be approved by the Owner’s representative.
5.
Failure of the Contractor to submit proposed substitutions for written
approval in the manner described above shall be sufficient cause for
disapproval by the Owner’s representative of any substitutions otherwise
proposed.
6.
Physical samples may be required. If tests to determine equality and
utility are required by the Owner’s representative, they shall be made by a
testing laboratory with the acceptance of the test procedure first given by
the Owner’s representative, at the expense of the Contractor.
Quality of Materials
1.
All materials and equipment supplied by the Contractor shall be new,
manufactured within one (1) year prior to installation, and meet or exceed
the latest published specifications of the manufacturer. All material shall
be acceptable to and approved by the SFUSD as meeting these
specifications. All non-consumable products shall have a 20-year quality
guarantee.
2.
All communications materials used on this project shall conform, where
applicable, to the following specifications, unless otherwise noted:
JULY 11, 2016
a.
NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
b.
ANSI - American National Specifications Institute.
c.
UL - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
d.
The latest IEEE and EIA/TIA 568 specifications.
e.
FCC and NCTA Coaxial Cable Television Specifications.
16710 - 9
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
C.
1.8
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
3.
Telephone system materials and equipment shall be FCC Type-accepted
and certified as such by supplier.
4.
No material employed shall present environmental or toxicological
hazards as defined by current industry specifications. All materials shall
comply with CAL OSHA and EPA specifications or applicable federal or
state laws or regulations.
5.
The equipment, apparatus, and material for fiber optic equipment and
apparatus shall conform to existing CAL OSHA health and safety laws.
The equipment and apparatus shall have provision for application of
safety labels, such as LASER identification, or warning labels as required
by system considerations.
Materials Delivery and Storage
1.
Costs of all shipping to the site, inside handling, and all unusual storage
requirements shall be borne by the Contractor.
2.
The Contractor shall make appropriate arrangements and coordinate with
authorized personnel at the site for the proper acceptance, handling,
protection, and storage of materials so delivered.
3.
All materials delivered to the site shall be received, handled and stored by
employees of the contractor.
STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM
A.
Proposed Structured Cabling Solution
1.
Bidders shall submit the name and a complete description of the
proposed structured cabling system, features and functions, and warranty
coverage with their bids. They shall include manufacturer’s
documentation demonstrating that all specified features, operating
specifications, quality of service, and warranty conditions listed in the
drawings and specifications are met or exceeded.
2.
A full line of TIA/EIA 606-A compliant faceplates and patch panels that
clearly designate an information outlet (IOT) labeling area and a clearly
designate work area (WA) labeling area.
3.
A full line of standard punch-down as well as custom configurable
modular patch panels, including standard flush mount, angled and
recessed.
4.
Meet the compatibility requirements set forth in the Cisco Verification of
Interoperability Program
JULY 11, 2016
16710 - 10
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
1.9
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
5.
Provide warranty in either Permanent Link or Channel configuration for
coverage to repair and replace defective components.
6.
Provide and end-to-end copper cabling system warranty as well as
provide open architecture warranty with alternative UTP cable
manufacture.
Structured Cabling System Submittal
1.
The SFUSD will consider manufacturer’s structured cable systems,
provided the bidder submits the required documentation on the proposed
cabling system. The documentation shall include a complete written
description of the proposed structured cabling system, including name of
connectivity and cable manufacture, demonstrate where the selected
products meet or exceed the specifications set forth in this document, and
the manufacturer’s service organization to support a minimum twenty (20)
year warranty.
2.
The SFUSD shall receive the System submittal documentation from the
bidder within fourteen (14) working days prior to the close of bid.
3.
The justification for the System shall demonstrate item by item that all
structured cabling system requirements shown on the drawings and listed
in the specifications are met or exceeded.
4.
The SFUSD reserves the right of making final decisions on all proposed
"or equal" substitutions.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Structured Cabling System Pre-Qualification Certificate: The Communications
Contractor shall submit a letter of approval from the selected manufacturer
indicating completion of pre-qualification requirements for installation of the
selected Structured Cabling System. Documentation shall include training
certificates for installation of the proposed products.
B.
Shop Drawings and Supplemental Data
1.
Copies of shop drawings and supplemental data shall be provided for the
SFUSD’s review. Shop drawings shall be submitted for all
communications equipment, cabling, and structure pertaining to the job
(distribution frames, conduit, wire, fiber optic cable, terminations, splices,
etc.)
2.
Design submittals (reflecting field conditions, actual cable lengths,
equipment elevations, and performance expectations) shall be prepared
for each system included in the project scope and reviewed with the
Owner’s representative.
3.
Copies of final shop drawings and supplemental data, where called for,
JULY 11, 2016
16710 - 11
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
shall be submitted to the Owner’s representative. Final corrected copies
of schedules and shop drawings or supplemental data shall be as follows
(exceptions shall be noted in Specification Sections):
a.
One (1) for the SFUSD’s Chief Information Office files.
b.
One (1) for the SFUSD’s Information Technology Engineering
Group.
c.
One (1) to the Contractor’s job files, and such additional copies as
the Contractor may desire for its own office files and/or for
distribution to subcontractors or vendors.
4.
The shop drawings and supplemental data called for shall be submitted
as the instruments of the Contractor, even though they may have been
prepared by a subcontractor, supplier, dealer, manufacturer, or by any
other person, firm, or organization. Prior to submission, the Contractor
shall undertake its own review and stamp with its acceptance, then
submit to the Owner’s representative for his or her review. By accepting
and submitting shop drawings and supplemental data, the Contractor
represents that it has determined and verified all field measurements, the
physical construction, the quality of materials, the applicability of catalog
numbers, and similar data, or will do so, and that it has checked and
coordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the field
conditions. Conflicts between trades shall be resolved by the Contractor
in the shop drawings, if possible, but in any event prior to the actual
construction.
5.
All shop drawings shall be drawn accurately on paper suitable for
duplicate copying by black, blue line printing processes or photocopy.
6.
Supplemental data shall include information as noted in the specification
paragraphs requiring them.
7.
The Owner’s representative will review shop drawings and supplemental
data submitted by the Contractor only for general design conformance
with the concept of the project and compliance with the information given
in the Contract Documents. A review status of “No Exceptions Taken” on
a submittal does not relieve the contractor of the requirements to comply
with building codes or the contract specifications.”
8.
Shop drawings, if requested, shall be submitted in writing to and
approved by the Owner’s representative before being used by the
Contractor on the job.
9.
Shop drawings delineation: The shop drawings shall be drawn to scale
and shall be completely dimensioned, giving the plan together with such
sections as are necessary to clearly show construction detail.
10.
Responsibility
JULY 11, 2016
16710 - 12
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
a.
The shop drawings and all supporting data, catalogs, etc. shall be
prepared by the Contractor or its suppliers. Therefore, the
Contractor shall check the drawings of its suppliers as well as its
own drawings before submission.
b.
In particular, the Contractor shall ascertain that the submittal
drawings meet all requirements of the contract drawings and
specifications and also conform to the structural and space
conditions.
c.
Each shop drawing submitted for SFUSD’s approval shall bear a
stamp certifying that it has been checked by the Contractor in
accordance with the specifications. If such shop drawings show
variations from Contract Documents, whether because of standard
shop practice or other reasons, the Contractor shall make special
mention thereof in the transmittal letter.
d.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for observing the need
for and making any changes in the arrangement of piping,
connections, wiring, manor of installation etc. that may be required
by the proposed equipment, both as pertains to its own work and
any work affected under other parts, headings, or divisions of
Drawings and Specifications.
11.
Identification: Shop drawings shall be titled with the name of the project
on each sheet and shall otherwise be identified by listing the particular
division, section, article or reference of the work to which they pertain.
Different items shall be submitted on separate sheets, and all submittals
shall be numbered serially.
12.
Manner: The Contractor shall furnish separate submittal sheets for each
specialty item for Owner’s representative written approval in the following
manner:
JULY 11, 2016
a.
Five (5) copies of catalog cut sheets shall be submitted. The cut
sheets shall be photocopied or reproduced in some other
acceptable manner on one side only of an 8 1/2" x 11" sheet,
noting only the items in question, together with the descriptive
(specification) data.
b.
Each sheet shall be identified with the division, section, article or
reference in the Contract Documents that covers the item
submitted for approval.
c.
Each sheet shall be identified with the project name.
16710 - 13
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
d.
1.10
1.11
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Each sheet shall bear the Contractor’s stamp and signature of
approval.
RECORD DRAWINGS
A.
The Contractor shall keep one set of drawings on site to continually maintain an
accurate record of the as-constructed work.
B.
The marked-up drawings shall accurately indicate location of equipment, pullboxes, conduits, cable types and labeling.
C.
Within thirty (30) days of completing work, the Contractor shall submit five (5)
copies of as-built drawings to the Owner’s representative. In addition, the
Contractor shall provide an electronic copy of the as-built drawings in a format
specified by the Owner’s representative.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Backboard: Backboard generally refers to A-C, fire-retardant, plywood sheeting
lining the walls of the telecommunications facilities. Backboards may also refer
to the entire wall-mounted assembly, including wire management and termination
frames.
B.
Building Distribution Frame (BDF): The BDF is the location within a building
where the entire inside cable and fiber optic plant originates. The entire cable
and fiber optic entrance facilities also terminate here. Part of the Horizontal
Distribution System may originate here as well. It may include: the physical
location, enclosure, wire and copper cable management hardware, fiber and
management hardware, termination hardware, distribution hardware, protection
hardware, active electronic components, and equipment racks. EIA/TIA-569
"Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces"
refers to the room housing the BDF as the Equipment Room. Throughout this
specification, BDF and Telecommunications Equipment Room are equivalent.
C.
CATV: Cable Antenna Television system.
D.
Cable Plant: Cable, conduit raceways, vaults, junction/pull boxes, rooms, racks,
equipment, patch bays/blocks, and other infrastructure required to provide
physical, electrical, optical connectivity between buildings on the Campus.
E.
Cable Runway: Hardware designed and manufactured for horizontal pathway
distribution of cable and inside wiring inside the MDF, BDF, or IDF rooms. Also
called Ladder Rack.
F.
Cable Tray: Hardware designed and manufactured for horizontal pathway
distribution of cable and inside wire from the MDF, BDF, or IDF to the Information
Outlet access point.
JULY 11, 2016
16710 - 14
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
G.
Copper Entrance Cable: Copper Cable that joins the SFUSD’s backbone
infrastructure at its connecting point to the buildings BDF.
H.
Designation Strips: Paper or plastic strips, usually contained in a clear or color
tinted plastic carrier, designated for insertion into a termination frame.
Designation strips are usually imprinted with the adjacent terminal number and
are used to aid in locating a specific pair, group of pairs, or information outlet
inserted into the termination frame, or for the purpose of delineating a termination
field.
I.
Entrance Conduit: Conduit that connects the SFUSD’s underground
infrastructure with the building's BDF.
J.
Fiber Entrance Cable: Fiber optic cable that joins the SFUSD’s backbone
infrastructure at its connecting point to the buildings BDF.
K.
Horizontal Cable: Copper, coaxial, or fiber optic cable that connects the
information outlets to the BDF or IDF. See also ‘Station Wire’.
L.
Information Outlet (IOT): An integral assembly containing a variety of jacks
and/or connectors that can be used for various services (voice, data, video,
network, etc.).
1.
The wall jacks are mounted in single gang faceplate attached with a
single-gang reducer ring mounted in dual gang standard electrical outlet
box. A mounting frame and blank dust cover(s) are provided for the
unused position. The assembly includes the faceplate, modular mounting
frame, jacks, and dust cover/blank.
M.
Inside Plant (ISP): Communications system inside a building (wire, fiber, coaxial
cable, equipment and racks, information outlets, etc.).
N.
Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF): The IDF is the location in a building where
a transition between the Riser System and the Horizontal Distribution System
occurs. It may include: the physical location, enclosure, wire and cable
management hardware, fiber and management hardware, active electronic
components, termination hardware, and equipment racks. EIA/TIA-569,
"Commercial Building Specifications for Telecommunications Pathways and
Spaces” refers to the IDF as the Telecommunications Closet. Throughout this
specification IDF and Telecommunications Room are equivalent.
O.
LAN: Local Area Network.
P.
Main Distribution Frame (MDF): The MDF is the location, within a building, where
the entire outside cable and fiber optic plant originates. It may include the
physical location, enclosure, wire, fiber, and copper cable hardware, protection,
active electronic components, equipment frames and racks. EIA/TIA – 569
“Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces”:
refers to the room housing the MDF as the Equipment Room. This space could
be the Telecommunications Switching Center and/or the Computer Center and
JULY 11, 2016
16710 - 15
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
may vary by campus.
Q.
MPOE: Minimum Point of Entry, Utility Partnerships/Alternate Carrier, located
within the MDF.
R.
Management Hardware
1.
Fiber Management: Hardware designed and manufactured for the
purpose of keeping fiber patch cords neat and orderly. Most termination
frame manufacturers provide fiber management components designed to
work in conjunction with their termination frames. Fiber management
may also refer to other types of hardware for the purpose of securing fiber
optic cable to the building.
2.
Wire Management (Copper, Data, Network): Hardware designed and
manufactured for the purpose of keeping cross-connect wire and patch
cables neat and orderly. Most termination frame manufacturers provide
wire management components designed to work in conjunction with their
termination frames. Wire management may also refer to other types of
hardware for the purpose of securing wire and cable to the building.
S.
Outside Plant (OSP): Communications system outside of the buildings (typically
underground conduit and vaults, exterior/underground rated wire and cable, etc.).
T.
Riser Cable: High volume cable (copper) that connects the BDF with the IDF or
backboards located on the same or different floors.
U.
Riser Conduit: Conduit that connects the BDF to the IDF or backboards located
on the same or different floors.
V.
Riser Fiber Cable: Fiber Optic Cables that connects the BDF with IDF or
backboards located on the same or different floors.
W.
SPOE: Secondary Point of Entry, Utility/Alternate Carrier Partnership in buildings
other than the MDF.
X.
Station Wire: Copper, coaxial, or fiber optic cable that connects the information
outlet to the BDF or IDF. See also ‘Horizontal Cable.’
Y.
Telecommunications Ground: An electrical ground (as defined by local codes),
usually the main building ground electrode extended by a continuous AWG "0"
wire to ground bus bars in the BDF, IDF, and roof telecommunications terminal
point.
Z.
Telecommunications Room (TR): See Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF).
JULY 11, 2016
16710 - 16
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
AA.
Telecommunications Space (TS): Any area, other than the workstation, where
telecommunications equipment is located. May include terminated cable and
patch panels, racks, cabinets and network electronics. Each TS shall be
identified as specified in Exhibit 16720-B “Label Grammar”.
BB.
Termination Fields:
CC.
1.
Copper, Data, Network Termination Fields: A group of termination frames
clustered together to provide terminations for specific cable or inside
wiring groups, where all of the cable or wiring in the group is used for a
single purpose, constitutes a copper, data, or network termination field.
The extent of a specific field, located in a group of fields, may be
distinguished by a physical separation between the frames forming the
field, by uniquely colored designation strips, or by a series of terminal
numbers.
2.
Fiber Optic Termination Fields: A group of termination frames clustered
together to provide terminations for fiber optic cable fibers, where all of
the cable fibers are used for a single purpose, constitutes a fiber
termination field.
Termination Frames:
1.
Copper Termination Frame: Device designed and manufactured for the
purpose of terminating large numbers of copper cable or station wire
pairs. These devices generally utilize insulation displacement
connections and usually require special tools to make the terminations.
Throughout this specification, the terms Copper Termination Frame and
Wiring Block are equivalent.
2.
Data Termination Frame: Device designed and manufactured for the
purpose of terminating copper cable pairs from the active data electronic
hardware. These devices generally utilize insulation displacement
connections and usually require special tools to make the terminations.
Throughout this specification, the terms Data Termination Frame and/or
Data Patch Panel are equivalent.
3.
Fiber Termination Frame: Device designed and manufactured for the
purpose of terminating fiber optic cable fibers into "SC" connector field.
Throughout this specification the terms Fiber Termination Frame and
Fiber Patch Panel are equivalent.
JULY 11, 2016
16710 - 17
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
4.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Network Termination Frame: Device designed and manufactured for the
purpose of terminating copper cable pairs from the active data electronic
hardware. These devices generally utilize insulation displacement
connections and usually require special tools to make the terminations.
Throughout this specification, the terms Network Termination Frame and
Network Jack Panel are equivalent.
PART 2 – MATERIALS
2.1
NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
NOT USED
END OF SECTION 16310
JULY 11, 2016
16710 - 18
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 16715
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCEPTANCE TESTING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
1.2
SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
Publications and Standards.
B.
Inspection and testing procedures for copper and fiber optic cable systems.
C.
Documentation.
PUBLICATIONS AND STANDARDS
A.
Electronics Industry Association/Telecommunications Industry Association
(EIA/TIA)
1.
EIA/TIA 568-B.1, B.2, B.3 - Commercial Building Telecommunications
Wiring Standard.
2.
EIA/TIA 569A - Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications
Pathways and Spaces
3.
EIA/TIA TSB 140 – Two Tier Fiber Optic Testing.
4.
EIA/TIA 606A - Administration Standard for the Telecommunications
Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings
5.
ANSI-J-STD-607-A-2002 - Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding
Requirements for Telecommunications
6.
EIA - 310-D - Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment
7.
EIA/TIA-455-57A - Optical Fiber End Preparation and Examination
8.
EIA/TIA 455-59 - Measurement of Fiber Point Defects Using An OTDR
9.
EIA/TIA 455-60 - Measurement of Fiber or Cable Length Using An OTDR
10.
EIA/TIA 455-61 - Measurement of Fiber or Cable Attenuation Using An
OTDR
11.
EIA/TIA 455-95 - Absolute Optical Power Test for Optical Fibers and
Cables
12.
EIA/TIA 526-14 - Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed
Multimode Fiber Cable Plant
JULY 11, 2016
16715 - 1
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
13.
1.3
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
ANSI/ICEA S-83-596-1994 - Fiber Optic Premises Distribution Cable
Technical Requirements
B.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC), Part 15 and Part 68
C.
Rural Electrification Association (REA), Bulletin 345-63, REA Standards for
Acceptance Tests and Measurements of Telephone Plant
D.
National Cable Television Association (NCTA) Recommended Practices for
Measurements on Cable Television Systems, 3rd Edition, 2002
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Contract Terms and Conditions
B.
Section 16710 - Telecommunications General Requirements
C.
Section 16720 - Telecommunications Basic Materials and Methods
D.
Section 16740 - Telecommunications Cable
E.
Section 16741 Telecommunications System and Data Network Active
Components
F.
Section 16760 - Telecommunications Grounding and Bonding
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL PROCEDURES
A.
The Contractor will provide all tools, equipment, and fully trained staff necessary
to conduct fully witnessed acceptance testing of all installed telecommunicationsrelated products and systems.
B.
The Contractor shall prepare a complete test plan for all installed
telecommunications systems for review and approval by the Owner’s
representative. The plan shall show, at a minimum, test configuration, calibration
procedures, testing schedule and testing equipment to be used. The scope of
this work includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1.
All system(s) shall be checked for compliance with these specifications.
2.
The Contractor shall maintain a check-off list for SFUSD reference during
tests.
JULY 11, 2016
16715 - 2
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.2
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
3.
The result of the measurements outlined shall be recorded and submitted
along with current as-built drawings to the Owner’s representative as final
proof of system performance.
4.
The Contractor shall expeditiously replace any system not meeting
specifications at any cost to the SFUSD. Failure to act in an expeditious
manner to properly remedy any abnormality resulting from
installation/construction defects or workmanship; faulty material; and/or
the failure of the systems, components, or the cable medium to perform in
accordance with the SFUSD and/or Manufacturer's technical
specifications shall cause the SFUSD to place a "hold" on any other
telecommunications development or construction associated with this
project. The Owner’s representative will notify the Contractor in writing of
such action and is absolved and shall be held harmless from any delays,
costs over-runs, scheduling difficulties, etc. assessed by others due to the
Contractor’s failure to meet the final proof of system performance
specifications. Final as-builts will be provided, as specified, at the end of
the project.
5.
All systems shall meet the bid specifications and be accepted by the
Owner’s representative before the work will be considered complete.
C.
After the Contractor has provided complete documentation of all testing and the
documentation has been reviewed by the Owner’s representative, the Contractor
shall conduct “proof of performance” testing on selected components at the
direction and discretion of the Owner’s representative. Such testing will utilize
the same equipment and procedures used to conduct and document the initial
tests but will be applied on a random basis to verify the testing documentation. If
in the judgment of the Owner’s representative, the proof-of-performance test
results vary significantly from the acceptance test results, the Contractor shall
continue with testing until cleared by the Owner’s representative.
D.
A certified laboratory or the manufacturer shall calibrate all test equipment within
the last six months, and such certification shall be submitted to the Owner’s
representative prior to testing.
E.
All testing shall be coordinated with the Owner’s representative (providing a
minimum of 48 hours notice) to ensure all acceptances and qualified personnel
can witness proof-of-performance testing.
INSPECTION AND TESTING PROCEDURES FOR COPPER CABLE
A.
The Owner’s representative will conduct routine inspections of the work in
progress, and any deficiencies will be discussed at the regular progress meeting.
In the event the Owner’s representative determines work is progressing in an
incorrect manner and waiting for the regular meeting could cause further
problems, the Contractor’s on-site project manager will be notified.
JULY 11, 2016
16715 - 3
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Copper Station and Riser Cables: The Contractor shall conduct witnessed
acceptance testing on all station and riser cable installed as part of this project as
defined below:
1.
All twisted-pair copper cable links shall be tested for continuity, pair
reversals, shorts, opens and performance as indicated below. Additional
testing is required to verify Category 6 performance. Horizontal cabling
shall be tested using a level III or higher test unit for Category 6
performance compliance.
2.
The correct and continuous bonding of cable shields through all riser and
tie cable splices will be verified. This test shall be conducted from the
BDF prior to strapping shield grounds at splice or termination points.
3.
Each station cable and all riser cable pairs will be tested for crosses,
opens, grounds, reversed and/or transposed pairs, shorts, foreign battery,
continuity, and resistance (in ohms). All riser cable pairs shall be tested
for loss in dB. All problems will be resolved and the cable re-tested to
ensure compliance.
4.
The field test equipment shall meet the requirements of ANSI/TIA/EIA568-A including TSB40A and TSB67 and amendments. The appropriate
level III tester shall be used to verify Category 6 cabling systems. The
field test equipment shall be approved by the Structured Cabling System
manufacture. All stations shall meet or exceed this performance
standard.
5.
All test results, including jack numbers, shall be printed on a hardcopy
report. All the station test results will be provided in electronic format (CD or
floppy disk), and a copy of any software required to read and/or print the results
is also provided at the same time.
C.
Copper Interbuilding and Entrance Cables: The Contractor’s witnessed
acceptance testing on all interbuilding and entrance cables installed as part of
this project is defined below:
1.
The correct and continuous bonding of cable shields through all
interbuilding splices shall be verified. This test shall be conducted from
the MDF and BDF prior to strapping shield grounds at splice or
termination points.
2.
Each cable pair shall be tested for crosses, opens, grounds, reversed
and/or transposed pairs, splits/re-splits, shorts, foreign battery, continuity,
resistance (in ohms) and loss in dB.
3.
All irregularities will be resolved and the cable re-tested to ensure
compliance.
4.
Interbuilding Cable test results will also be provided in electronic format
on compact disc.
JULY 11, 2016
16715 - 4
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
3.3
INSPECTION AND TESTING PROCEDURES FIBER CABLE
3.4
ALL FIBER OPTIC CABLE TESTING WILL UTILIZE THE TIA/EIA TSB-140 TIER II
TESTING METHOD
A.
B.
Fiber Optic Riser And Station Cable
1.
The appropriate high resolution OTDR device shall be used to test the
fiber riser cable. Tracing printouts (noting the appropriate optical fiber
and buffer tube color designation) shall be mounted on separate pages
and bound into a three-ring notebook. An incremental scale that reflects
the short lengths of cable involved in these tests shall be utilized.
2.
All fiber riser cable shall be OTDR tested from the building’s BDF to each
fiber IDF terminal and from the IDF to the BDF at the 850nanometer
wavelength. The results of OTDR testing to define the length of each
riser cable shall be documented.
3.
The Contractor shall conduct a power meter (loss) test of each fiber optic
station and riser cable at both 850 and 1320 wavelengths A to B, B to A,
and OSPL (OSPL is defined as La + Lb). Individual station or riser fiber
link segment shall measure no more than 0.5 dB per connector plus the
calculated fiber loss for the measured length of the segment. Tests shall
be conducted using ANSI/EIA/TIA-526-14A, Method B.
4.
The Contractor shall provide a hardcopy printout list reflecting cable ID
and actual measured loss. The station test results shall also be provided
in electronic format (floppy disk or CD-ROM), as long as a copy of any
software required to read and/or print the results is also provided at the
same time.
Fiber Optic Interbuilding and Entrance Cable
1.
The appropriate high resolution OTDR device to test the fiber interbuilding
and entrance cables shall be used. Tracing printouts (noting the
appropriate optical fiber and buffer tube color designation) shall be
mounted on separate pages and bound into a three-ring notebook. An
incremental scale that reflects the short lengths of cable involved in these
tests shall be utilized.
2.
All fiberinterbuilding cable shall be OTDR tested from the MDF to the
building’s BDF terminal. Each fiber strand will be tested from both ends
and at both wavelengths. The results of OTDR testing to define the
length of each riser cable shall be documented.
3.
The Contractor shall conduct a power meter (loss) test of each fiber optic
interbuilding cable at both wavelengths A to B, B to A, and OSPL (OSPL
is defined as La + Lb). Individual interbuilding fiber link segment shall
measure no more than 0.5 dB per connector plus the calculated fiber loss
for the measured length of the segment. The tests shall be conducted
JULY 11, 2016
16715 - 5
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
using ANSI/EIA/TIA-526-14A, Method B.
4.
3.5
A hardcopy print out list reflecting cable ID and actual measured loss
shall be submitted to the Owner’s representative. The station test results
shall also be provided in electronic format (floppy disk), as long as a copy
of any software required to read and/or print the results are also provided
at the same time.
INSPECTION AND TESTING PROCEDURES COAXIAL CABLE
A.
Contractor shall test all such cable with a TDR designed for coaxial cable usage.
Test shall be capable of detecting continuity, shorts, and undesired
discontinuities to a return loss of 30 dB. Finished length shall also be determined
via TDR.
B.
Complete System Installation
1.
The Contractor shall perform and document all tests and measurements
recommended and/or required by the manufacturer of the individual
products installed in the distribution system.
2.
The Contractor shall perform and document all tests and measurements
recommended by the Federal Communications Commission, the Society
of Cable Telecommunications Engineers and the National Cable
Television Association.
3.
The Contractor shall provide the SFUSD with the results of the proof of
performance tests normally associated with Cable Antenna Television
distribution systems as a part of the final acceptance procedures. A
qualified SFUSD representative shall witness all final testing and
acceptance procedures.
C.
The SFUSD project staff shall conduct routine inspections of the CATV System
installation process and any deficiencies shall be discussed at the regular
progress meeting. In the event that the campus project staff determines that the
CATV System work is progressing in an incorrect manner and waiting for the
regular meeting could cause further problems, the Contractor’s on-site project
manager shall be immediately notified.
D.
After aligning and balancing the CATV System, the Contractor shall conduct
witnessed acceptance and leakage tests on the CATV System, including the
coaxial cables, active, and passive devices. The Owner’s representative shall
witness all CATV System acceptance and leakage test procedures.
E.
Details of the methods to be followed in conducting the acceptance and leakage
testing shall be found in the National Cable Television Association (NCTA)
Recommended Practices for Measurements on Cable Television Systems, 2nd.
Edition, November 1989.
JULY 11, 2016
16715 - 6
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
F.
The Contractor shall provide CATV System test equipment that has been
calibrated by a certified laboratory or by the manufacturer within the last six (6)
months, and such certification shall be submitted to the Owner’s representative
prior to any CATV System testing.
G.
The Contractor shall provide all test, measurement, and leakage equipment
required for the CATV System acceptance and leakage testing procedures. The
test, measurement, and leakage equipment shall include but is not limited to:
H.
I.
1.
CATV Broadband Sweep Transmitter and Receiver.
2.
NTSC Video Pattern Generator.
3.
CATV Network Analyzer, capable of spectrum analysis, signal level
measurements, carrier to noise measurements, distortion measurements,
and hum modulation measurements.
4.
CATV Signal Level Meter.
5.
Calibrated Attenuator.
6.
Tunable Band pass Filter / Preselector.
7.
Pre-amplifier.
8.
Broadband amplifier.
9.
True RMS multi-meter.
10.
Cable Leakage Meter and Antenna.
The Contractor shall ensure that the CATV System meets or exceeds the
following system design criteria at any and all CATV System drops:
1.
Minimum signal level: +6 dBmV.
2.
Maximum signal level: +15 dBmV.
3.
Maximum difference between adjacent video carriers: 1 dB.
4.
Maximum difference between any video carriers: 7 dB.
5.
Carrier to noise ratio: 43 dB (minimum).
6.
Hum: 1%.
A broadband sweep signal, from a CATV sweep transmitter ranging from 50 to
860 MHz., or an equivalent approved by the Owner’s representative, shall be
inserted at the input to the optical transmitters located in the SFUSD CATV
headend. In addition, where available, a broadband RF input from the campus
CATV system shall be simultaneously applied to the transmitter input.
JULY 11, 2016
16715 - 7
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.6
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
J.
A CATV sweep receiver shall be used to measure frequency response, peak to
valley differences, and level at the node or fiber receiver output and at input and
output of all CATV System Amplifiers.
K.
Where a return system is installed as part of the construction, sweep tests shall
also be performed on this system.
L.
A CATV Network Analyzer shall be used to measure visual Carrier to Noise Ratio
(CNR), Composite Second Order (CSO), Composite Triple Beat (CTB),
modulation distortion at power frequencies (HUM), and cross modulation
(XMOD) at the input and output of all CATV System Amplifiers.
M.
Where the system is cable powered, the voltage at each power supply and
amplifier shall be measured with a TRMS multi-meter and recorded as part of the
test documentation.
N.
All amplifiers shall have the both the DC operating voltage and AC ripple
measured with a multi-meter and recorded as part of the test documentation.
O.
The Contractor shall conduct witnessed signal leakage measurements in
conformance with FCC 76.605(a) (14) and 76.609(h). A cable leakage meter
and antenna shall be used to detect any undesired radiation of electromagnetic
energy from the CATV System. Any signal leakage in excess of that allowed by
the FCC shall be identified and corrected.
P.
The Contractor shall test each CATV System outlet and shall add attenuators
and/or in line equalizers, or otherwise balance the system so that each outlet
provides the signal levels and quality defined in item # H above
Q.
The signal at each CATV System outlet shall be free of additional noise and
distortion as judged by the Owner’s representative. The Contractor shall
determine, using a CATV network analyzer, that the signal at each outlet
conforms to the signal levels and quality defined in item # H above. If excessive
noise and/or distortion products are present, the Contractor shall resolve the
problem(s) and retest.
R.
The Contractor shall provide both an electronic record (disc) and a printed copy
of the results of the CATV System tests and measurements identified above to
the Owner’s representative.
DOCUMENTATION
A.
Fiber Cable Systems
1.
All documentation shall be neatly and legibly done and shall provide a
clear understanding of the installed system.
2.
The Contractor shall prepare “as-built” plans of cable routes, cable
lengths, and information outlet locations (both new and existing),
including interbuilding, entrance, and riser cable locations with footage.
JULY 11, 2016
16715 - 8
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
All approved changes and actual in-place footage shall be marked, in red,
on a “D” size drawing. The as-builts shall include all fiber optic cable
placed with cable lengths, fiber assignments, and cable numbers and
counts. Numbering, icons, and drawing conventions used shall be
consistent throughout all documentation provided. Drawings shall be
provided in AutoCAD format on CD-ROM.
3.
B.
The Contractor shall provide signed originals of all acceptance testing
documents, which are:
a.
Fiber optic insertion loss results (using forms provided by the
SFUSD)
b.
OTDR traces and results on floppy disc or CD, and provided with
any software required to view the results.
c.
Current test equipment certifications
Copper Cable Systems
1.
Documentation shall be submitted within ten (10) working days of the
completion of each testing phase. This is inclusive of all test results and
draft as-built drawings. Draft drawings may include annotations done by
hand. Machine generated (final) copies of all drawings shall be submitted
within 30 working days of the completion of each testing phase.
2.
Station cable test results noting unique jack (JCK) identifier as well as the
information outlet (IOT) number shall be provided.
3.
Interbuilding and Riser copper test documentation will include the
following:
JULY 11, 2016
a.
Pass/Fail status of crosses opens grounds, reversed or
transposed pairs, splits/re-splits, shorts, foreign battery, continuity,
and resistance.
b.
The length of the tested pairs in feet.
c.
Number of splices in the tested length.
d.
Proper cable identification, including pair counts.
e.
Test Results documentation shall be provided on disk within one
(1) week prior to Beneficiary Occupancy of the Building. The disk
shall be clearly marked on the outside front cover with the words
“Project Test Documentation”, the project name, and the date of
completion (month and year).
16715 - 9
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
C.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
4.
The Contractor shall prepare “as-built” plans of cable routes, cable
lengths, and information outlet locations (both new and existing). All
approved changes and actual in-place footage shall be marked, in red, on
a “D” size drawing. The as-builts shall include copper cable placed with
cable lengths, cable numbers and counts. Numbering, icons, and drawing
conventions used shall be consistent throughout all documentation
provided. Drawings shall be provided in AutoCAD format on CD-ROM.
5.
Interbuilding, entrance, and riser plans shall be updated to include actual
routes, cable numbers and counts, and lengths of cables.
6.
When repairs and re-tests are performed, the problem found and
corrective action taken shall be noted, and both the failed and passed test
data shall be documented.
7.
The Owner’s representative may request that a 10% random field re-test
be conducted on the cable system, at no additional cost, to verify
documented findings. Tests shall be a repeat of those defined above. If
findings contradict the documentation submitted by the
telecommunications contractor, additional testing can be requested to the
extent determined necessary by the Owner’s representative, including a
100% re-test. This re-test shall be at no additional cost to the Owner.
CATV System
1.
The Contractor shall provide signed originals of all CATV System test
equipment certificates of calibration to the Owner’s representative.
2.
The Contractor shall provide an electronic record (disc) of all CATV
System inspection, testing, and measurements to the Owner’s
representative, including:
3.
Legible depictions of the signal levels and the technical quality
measurements at the input ports of the optical transmitters.
4.
Legible depictions of the signal levels and the technical quality
measurements at the output ports of the optical transmitters.
5.
Legible depictions of the signal levels and the technical quality
measurements at the input ports of the amplifiers.
6.
Legible depictions of the signal levels and the technical quality
measurements at the output ports of the amplifiers.
7.
Legible depictions of the signal levels and the technical quality
measurements for each Contractor provided CATV System outlet.
8.
A typed list of the CATV System signal leakage measurements.
END OF SECTION 16715
JULY 11, 2016
16715 - 10
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 16720
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
Hangers and Cable Ties
B.
Cable Runway
C.
Fire Stopped Sleeves
D.
Inner duct – Outside Plant
E.
Equipment Racks
F.
Enclosed Cabinets
G.
Extra Large Building Entrance Frame (XLBET)
H.
Protector Panels
I.
Wall Mounted Wireless Access Point Enclosures
J.
Non-metallic and metal surface raceways.
K.
Cable Racking and Rack Hooks (OSP)
L.
Splice Cases –Outdoor/ Indoor Copper/Fiber
M.
Fiber Optic Terminal Panels
N.
Fiber Optic Couplers
O.
Fiber Optic Connectors
P.
Cable Tags and Splice Case Labels
Q.
Outlet Labels
R.
Splicing Bay and Relay Rack Labels
S.
Jack Modules/Connectors
T.
Faceplates
U.
Copper Cable Termination Blocks
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 1
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
1.2
1.3
V.
Data Network Patch Panels
W.
Wire Management
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Contract Terms and Conditions
B.
Section 07840 – Fire Safing/Fire Stopping
C.
Section 07270 – Fire Stopping
D.
Section 16710 - Telecommunications General Requirements
E.
Section 16715 - Telecommunications Acceptance Testing
F.
Section 16740 - Telecommunications Cabling and Infrastructure
G.
Section 16741 Telecommunications System and Data Network Active
Components
H.
Section 16760 - Telecommunications Grounding and Bonding
APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
A.
1.4
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
As defined in Section 16710 - Telecommunications General Requirements.
SUBMITTALS
A.
The Owner’s representative shall receive the following Contractor submittals prior
to the start of work:
B.
Product data for:
1.
Wire hangers and Cable ties. (Non-plenum/plenum)
2.
Non-metallic and metal surface raceways
3.
Cable Runway
4.
Inner duct
5.
Cable racking and rack hooks (OSP)
6.
Splice cases (Outdoor/Indoor copper and fiber)
7.
Fire Stopped Sleeves
8.
Fiber optic termination panels (FTU’s)
9.
Cable tags and labels.
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 2
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
10.
Communications backboards.
11.
Station outlets. (Faceplates, voice and data jacks; metallic and non
metallic outlet boxes)
12.
Copper cable termination blocks (110 type termination blocks and
connectors/jacks)
13.
Equipment racks.
14.
Pull boxes and cabinets.
15.
Wire managers.
16.
Data network patch panels.
17.
Protector panels and protector units.
18.
Communication poles.
19.
Enclosed cabinets. (Floor mounted and wall mounted)
PART 2 – MATERIALS
A.
2.2
The Contractor shall install materials and equipment as part of the selected
Structured Cabling System. The various sections of this specification pertain to
specific products and/or installation requirements that shall conform to the
warranty requirements of the selected Structured Cabling System. See
specification section 16710- 1.8 Structured Cabling System.
HANGERS AND CABLE TIES
A.
Materials: All hangers and cable ties shall be designed to support
communications cable (including the fiber) without kinking or damage. Horizontal
cable supporting hardware shall be UL Listed. The J-hook(s) shall provide a
broad base for proper cable support, thereby reducing stress and bending of
cabling. Contractor shall utilize the sufficient number of J-hooks per
Manufacturer’s recommended cable capacities for the number of cables to be
installed, plus the greater of 20% spare j-hooks or one spare j-hook per location.
1.
Hangers shall be metal construction and shall provide a cable support
hanger in a “J” configuration designed to support multiple
communications cables.
2.
No more than twelve (12) station cables may be supported by a single
hanger without using a saddle (3 inches wide at a minimum) to support
the weight of the additional cables.
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 3
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
2.3
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
3.
Larger types of wire hangers (larger J-hooks or Tri-hooks) are acceptable
for locations requiring more than twelve cables. Copper and fiber cables
shall be properly installed per the manufacturer’s specifications to insure
maximum cable performance.
4.
Cable ties used within a rated ceiling plenum space shall be rated low
smoke and shall be certified for use in a plenum environment. (UL Listed)
NEC section 300-20. Cable ties within the Telecom Space shall be of the
fabric loop and hook type. All cable ties used above the ceiling shall be
plenum rated.
5.
When nylon cable ties are used, they shall be installed so that the cable
jacket is not deformed.
Manufacturers: 3-M, Panduit, Erico/Caddy or approved equivalent.
CABLE RUNWAY
A.
Materials
1.
Cable support runway shall be installed as defined in the Contract
Documents and in any location where additional pathways are required to
support large numbers of station cables that are otherwise not supported.
2.
The runways shall be twelve inches wide minimum unless otherwise
noted.
3.
In some locations the cable runway shall be equipped with a four-to-six
inch fence on both sides to support bundles of patch or jumper cables.
This fence shall mechanically attach to the side or bottom of the runway,
not the surface over which the cable will be placed.
4.
In some locations, as indicated by the drawings, the cable runway shall
be equipped with ‘waterfalls’, or other manufacturer recommended bend
radii control devices.
5.
The cable runway shall be classified by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) as
suitable for equipment grounding.
6.
The cable runway shall be earthquake braced for the required seismic
zone.
7.
The Contractor shall provide manufacturer’s standard clamps, hangers,
brackets, splice plates, reducer plates, blind ends, barrier strips,
connectors, and grounding straps as necessary to install a complete
system.
8.
MPOE, MDF, BDFs and IDFs shall have 1 ½ inch steel tubular stringer
style cable runway, finished in Black (UL Classified). Rated at 95 lbs./ft
supported at 5 ft intervals.
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 4
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
2.4
2.5
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Manufacturer: Chatsworth, B-Line, Homaco, and Square D.
INTEGRALLY FIRE STOPPED SLEEVES
A.
Materials
B.
3” or 4” split square tube with mounting plates and intumescent pads
C.
Ganged assemblies for multiple sleeve installation where required
D.
UL listed for penetration rating required
E.
Radius control modules at both ends
F.
See Section 07270 for additional requirements
G.
Manufacturers
H.
Specified Technologies, Inc., EZ-Path or Legrand
INNER DUCT – OUTSIDE PLANT
A.
B.
Materials
1.
A flexible textile inner-duct shall be placed in all conduits where fiber optic
cables are to be placed. A flexible fabric shall provide a minimum of 9
equally sized cells in a 4” conduit as defined on construction drawings.
The 3-pack cell shall have color coded stitching and a maximum coefficient of friction of .08. Each cell shall be shall contain a 1250 lbs. pull
tape.
2.
The cell packs shall be terminated using an inflatable bag termination
system in manholes. (Part # MXCITB4)
3.
The cell packs shall be terminated using a split 9-hole duct termination
plugs in building applications. (Part # MXCTP4)
4.
Bushing sleeve set for terminating multi-cable entry conduit plugs.
Manufacturer: TVC Communications MaxCell®, Monarch Flex Pull, Federal Mogul
cable
2.6
SURFACE RACEWAYS
A.
Materials
1.
JULY 11, 2016
The raceway opening shall be a minimum of 1.51” wide by 0.94” with an
area of 1-in2 serving a maximum of two (2) stations. If more than two (2)
stations are being served, the minimum size raceway is 4.07” wide by
1.77” with an area of 5.15-in2 and otherwise sized to fit the required
number of cables at a maximum of 40% fill rate.
16720 - 5
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
2.7
2.8
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
2.
The raceway shall be equipped with all accessories such as elbows, tees,
junction boxes, bend radii control pieces, and covers necessary to
provide a complete and high quality installation. When both power and
communications share a surface raceway, proper bridging accessories
shall also be used.
3.
The raceway material shall meet or exceed UL-5A standards and shall be
equipped with a single piece cover or a snap-in-place cover designed to
fasten securely.
4.
The raceway must be attached to the walls with mechanical fasteners
every six feet in addition to any mastic provided as part of the product
5.
Manufactures:
6.
Panduit LD10 Series Surface Raceway System.
7.
Panduit T70 Surface Raceway System
8.
Hubbell MediaTrack9 Raceway System
Wiremold Series 2900L8 Latching Raceway
CABLE RUNWAY AND RUNWAY HOOKS (OSP)
A.
Cable racking, S brackets, and rack hooks shall be hot dipped galvanized.
Anchor bolts and anchors shall be ½-inch by 3-inch.
B.
Manufacturer: B-Line, CPI or approved equivalent
EQUIPMENT RACKS
A.
Materials
1.
The MPOE, MDF or BDF and each IDF shall be equipped with one or
more 7’ high, by 19” wide equipment racks (see construction drawings).
2.
The frame shall be of high strength 6061-T6 bolted aluminum
construction and shall meet ANSI/EIA-310 D standards for equipment
support frames and UL listing 22Y9. (Min. weights capacity 750 LBS.).
3.
Floor-mounted frames shall have a self-supporting base designed to be
anchored to the floor and braced for seismic zone 4.
4.
Each equipment rack shall be equipped with a minimum of 6” front and
back vertical wire managers as defined in other sections. Wire manager
will be mounted on both sides of all the installed racks.
5.
Equipment racks will have factory marked Rack Mount Unit spacing’s.
6.
Racks shall be manufacturer finished in Black (UL Classified)
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 6
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
2.9
Manufacturers: Chatsworth, Newton, and Homaco.
CABLE TAGS AND SPLICE CASE LABELS – INTER-BUILDING
A.
Materials:
1.
B.
2.10
Plastic identification tags with cable type and number, copper pair or optic
number assignments, and destination shall be provided on both ends of
all cables and all splice cases. All cables shall be clearly labeled with
cable number and size at each end of the cable, when it enters or leaves
a conduit and at 30-foot intervals when run are in accessible areas such
as manholes, ceilings, etc. Cable tags shall indicate the cable information
as shown on the inter-building drawings for copper and fiber cables and
be compliant with Exhibit 16720-B “Label Grammar.”
Manufacturer: Tech Products Inc., 3M, and Panduit.
CABLE TAGS AND SPLICE CASE LABELS – INTRA-BUILDING
A.
B.
2.11
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Materials:
1.
Metal or heavy plastic identification tags with cable type and number,
copper pair or optic number assignments, and destination shall be
provided on both ends of all raiser cables and all splice cases. Station
cables shall be labeled with self-laminating adhesive laser labels at both
ends.
2.
All riser cables shall be clearly labeled with cable number, cable counts,
cable type, and cable size at each end of the cable and when it enters or
leaves a conduit. Cable tags shall indicate the cable information as
shown on the Intra-building and riser drawings for copper and fiber
cables, and be compliant with Exhibit 16720-B “Label Grammar.”
Manufacturer: Tech Products Inc., 3M, and Panduit.
OUTLET LABELS
A.
Materials:
1.
All labels shall be made using a label maker that produces clear adhesive
labels with black typeset characters. The labels shall have a strong
adhesive that will not come off unless it is forced off. The label size will
be 3/16 inch wide with a typeset font no smaller than 10 point. The
Contractor shall utilize the label maker and labels that are recommended
for the selected Structured Cabling System.
2.
The Contractor shall submit a sample label to the University for approval
prior to labeling the new outlets.
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 7
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
2.12
B.
2.14
3.
The labels on each faceplate shall contain the information specified in
Exhibit 16720-B “Label Grammar.”
4.
The numbering for all cables will be consecutive and sequential on each
floor or by termination locations (BDF/IDF).
SPLICING BAY AND RELAY RACK LABELS
A.
2.13
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Materials:
1.
Self-adhering 1½” inch high by 1” inch wide black letters and numbers on
white background shall be provided in all splice bays in the vault and all
equipment racks in the Telecom Rooms.
2.
The labeling schemes shall conform to Exhibit 16720-B “Label Grammar”
and the information shown on the construction drawings and the detail
drawings for the MDF buildings.
3.
The numbers and letters in the vault shall be placed mid-distance
between vertical rack supports at a height of 36 inches above finished
floor.
4.
The numbers and letters on the relay racks shall be placed on the
horizontal, top cross member, midway between vertical sides.
Manufacturer: Tech Products Inc., 3M (5000 Scotchlite) Decal System, Panduit
or approved equal.
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBOARDS
A.
The Contractor shall provide 3/4" A/C void-free plywood as noted on drawings.
The backboard shall be sized as noted on the contract drawings and shall be a
minimum of 4’ by 8’. Plywood shall be extended from 2" A.F.F. to 8'-2" A.F.F.
and wall-to-wall unless noted otherwise by the Owner’s representative.
B.
Plywood shall be fire retardant or treated with fire-retardant sealant or covered
with a fire-retardant paint. All backboards shall be finished sanded, sealed with a
primer and finished with two coats of paint. This requirement is campus and local
fire code specific.
JACK MODULES/CONNECTORS
A.
Modular RJ45 jacks
1.
See Exhibit 16720-A “Outlet Configurations” for work area outlet details.
2.
All modular RJ45 jacks shall have the following properties:
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 8
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
2.15
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
3.
Shall be designed to exceed the TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 and ISO
11801 2nd Edition Class E standards, plus the headroom requirements of
the station cable
4.
ETL tested and approved for Category 6 component compliance
5.
100% tested to ensure NEXT performance
6.
Terminate 4-pair 24-22 AWG 100 ohm solid unshielded twisted pair cable
7.
Module is color coded for T568A and T568B wiring schemes
8.
Accepts 6 and 8 position modular plugs without damage
9.
Compatible with selected Solution’s patch panels, faceplates and surface
mount boxes
10.
Compatible with legacy patch panels, faceplates and surface mount
boxes.
11.
Compatible with Keystone style patch panels, faceplates and surface
mount boxes.
Manufacturer: Structured Cabling System Manufacturer
FACEPLATES
A.
Faceplates will be supplied for every information outlet (voice, data, and
network). Unless otherwise noted, they shall meet the required NEMA standard.
B.
Faceplates shall be available in single, duplex, or six-port arrangement in a
single gang configuration.
C.
Faceplates shall be available in eight-port or greater arrangement in a dual gang
box configuration.
D.
Surface mount boxes shall be available in single, dual, six and eight-port
configuration.
E.
The faceplate color shall be Electrical Ivory unless other wise specified on the
construction drawings.
F.
Faceplates shall be compatible with wall and floor mounted outlet boxes.
G.
Manufacturer: Selected Structured Cabling System
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 9
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
2.16
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
COPPER CABLE TERMINATION BLOCKS
A.
Materials
1.
The voice and data patch panels shall have the following properties:
a.
Utilize modular jack termination with snap-in modules; port counts
as indicated on contract drawings. Twenty-four (24) port patch
panels will be 1 Rack Unit high, and forty-eight (48) port patch
panels will be 2 Rack Units high. Modular jack specification per
Section 16720 2.24 D. Individual modular jack color shall match
the modular jack color at the workstation end of the cable.
b.
Be of an angled design that allows cable to flow to each side of
the rack
c.
Allow labeling scheme and port identification to be visible at all
times
d.
Allow front access to installed modules
e.
Mount to standard TIA/EIA 19” rack or 23” racks with optional
extender bracket
f.
Compatible with Network Cable Management System
g.
Empty patch panel ports shall be filled with blank modules
2.
Coax patch panels shall conform to the specification outlined in Section
16740 2.7.
3.
All patch panel assemblies shall include wire retention clips as specified
by the selected Structured Cabling System supplier.
4.
Provide and install appropriate wire management as specified by the
selected Structured Cabling System suppliers and on construction
drawings
5.
The proper size retaining clips shall be used for all cable terminations
(e.g., four-pair for stations and five-pair for riser, interbuilding, and
entrance).
6.
All materials shall be labeled according to Exhibit 16720-B “Label
Grammar.”
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 10
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
2.17
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
WIRE MANAGEMENT
A.
B.
C.
Materials
1.
All equipment and fiber optic panel frame racks shall be equipped with
vertical and horizontal wire management organizers as outlined in the
design documents.
2.
All wire managers shall be secured to the frames and shall provide a
clear and unobstructed pathway in which to route the cables.
Vertical Wire Managers
1.
Vertical wire managers shall be a minimum of six inches wide and have
pathways on both the front and back of the unit. The manager shall have
a metal door that will be capable of opening to the left or the right when
mounted.
2.
All vertical wire managers shall be equipped with patch cord slack
management spools.
3.
All vertical wire managers shall be heavy duty painted metal with pass
through holes with rolled edges that provide bend radius control and
plastic cable management fingers that align with EIA rack spacing and
designed specifically to be connected to equipment frames.
4.
When mounted between two equipment frames, they shall be designed to
direct cables into either frame and shall be securely mounted to both
units.
5.
These organizers shall be designed to extend past the frame to allow
placement of the equipment in any position within the rack. The fingers
shall be molded out of plastic and incorporate bend radius control
throughout the entire length.
Horizontal Wire Managers (Equipment racks)
1.
Horizontal cable managers shall include components that aid in routing,
managing and organizing cable to and from equipment. Panels shall
protect network equipment by controlling cable bend radius and providing
cable strain relief. Panels shall be a universal design mounting to EIA
19" or 23" racks and constructed of lightweight plastic with PVC duct
attached. The duct fingers shall include retaining tabs to retain the cables
in place during cover removal.
2.
Horizontal cable managers shall have removable front cover hinges 180
up or down
3.
Horizontal cable managers shall have pass through holes and curved
surfaces to protect cable and preserve cable bend radii.
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 11
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL INSTALLATION
A.
All installation work shall be performed according to published industry
guidelines, rules, and regulations. All Structured Cabling System products shall
be installed according to manufacturer procedures.
B.
All pathways shall avoid electromagnetic interference (EMI). Cable that is
distributed in partially-enclosed metallic pathways shall be routed with the
following minimum clearances:
C.
3.2
3.3
1.
Four (4) feet from motors or transformers.
2.
One (1) foot from conduit and cables used for electrical power and
distribution.
3.
Five (5) inches from fluorescent lighting.
Pathways shall cross perpendicular to fluorescent lighting and electrical power
cables and conduit.
HANGERS AND CABLE TIES
A.
In suspended ceiling and raised floor areas where cable trays or conduit are not
available, station wiring shall be bundled with plastic cable ties or Velcro wraps at
appropriate distances.
B.
Tie wraps shall not be over tightened to the point of deforming or crimping the
cable sheath.
C.
Hangers supporting the cable bundling shall be attached to the existing building
structure and framework.
D.
Hangers shall not be attached to suspended ceiling supports, T-bar, or bracing.
E.
Hangers shall be installed to provide at least 3 inches of clear vertical space
between the cable bundling and the ceiling tiles.
F.
Hangers shall be spaced at alternating 4’ and 5’ distances to prevent cables from
sagging or buckling.
CABLE RUNWAY
A.
Cable runway shall be placed so that fully loaded runways shall not obstruct or
impede the operation of lighting, air handling systems, and fire extinguishing
systems. Ladder racking shall be supported at no greater than 5-foot spans and
seismic braced to Zone 4 by manufacture recommendations.
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 12
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.4
3.5
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
INNERDUCT
A.
The appropriate amount and size of Maxcell innerduct shall be installed for
maximum conduit utilization per manufactures recommendations and contract
drawings.
B.
Cable racking and rack hooks shall be provided in all new utility vaults. Utility
vault manufacturer to provide all racking bonding and ladder in all new vaults.
RACEWAYS
A.
All surface-mount raceways must be mechanically secured to the structure a
minimum of every six feet.
B.
Raceways must be routed at right angles to nearby structures or wall corners,
and shall be neatly installed and trimmed to fit into and around other existing
moldings or pathways such as the ceiling area.
C.
Raceways shall be placed vertically only in corners of rooms and horizontal
raceway placed at baseboard height to extend the cable run to the actual outlet
location.
D.
Raceways shall be routed to avoid interference, using standard sections and a
minimum number of field-cut sections.
E.
Raceways shall be routed to avoid interference with removal and installation of
lighting fixtures and devices of other systems that require servicing or operation.
F.
Sharp burrs or edges shall be removed from raceways.
G.
Completed raceways shall have no cracks or openings at coupled sections.
H.
Raceway supports:
1.
Overhead Supports: Raceway shall be supported from concrete ceiling or
ceiling beams, at five (5) feet maximum span intervals, using 3/8 inch
threaded rods with c-hangers.
2.
Raised Floor Installation: Raceway shall be provided to accommodate
under floor pedestals at four (4) foot maximum span intervals.
3.
Overhead c-hanger and under floor support details shall be designed to
provide complete cable lay-in capability.
I.
Strict adherence to the CEC/NEC NFPA 101 is required for any raceway
penetrations of fire-rated walls. See section 07840 for UL system numbers and to
construction drawings for details.
J.
Radius fittings shall be provided for turns and offsets to accommodate
obstructions or elevation changes and maintain minimum cable bending radii.
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 13
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.6
3.7
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SPLICING
A.
Any splice case placed within a building shall be an indoor rated (fire retardant)
case. All splice cases placed in the underground shall be a pressurized RUS
listed for underground use.
B.
Splice cases or enclosures shall have a hard outer shell (either metal or hardmolded plastic) for mechanical protection to the splice and sealed end plates.
C.
All splice work shall be neat and orderly, with no defective pairs accepted in any
cable placed.
D.
Both the cable and the splice case shall be affixed to the wall of the vault in an
orderly fashion using galvanized hooks and in a location agreed upon between
the Owner’s representative and the Contractor.
E.
All cables shall be bonded through all splices; however, final grounding of the
interbuilding cable in the vault shall not be made until after end-to-end cable tests
have been conducted.
F.
All splices shall be inspected before closure, and when approved, shall be
wrapped, and then sealed. All splices not within a building shall be fully sealed
ONLY AFTER THE OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE PROVIDES WRITTEN
ACCEPTANCE OF INSPECTION AND TEST RESULTS.
G.
All splice cases shall be bonded to ground with a 6 AWG ground wire.
FIBER OPTIC TERMINAL PANELS
A.
Final location of FTUs shall be coordinated with the Owner’s representative.
B.
Rack-mounted fiber panels shall be mounted at the top of the rack.
C.
All cables mounted into fiber optic panels shall be installed and secured as
defined by the manufacturer using the tools, materials, and techniques outlined
by the manufacturer.
D.
All fiber optic panels shall have integral wire management troughs for routing of
fiber patch cords and/or jumpers
E.
All fiber optics shall be terminated to selected Structured Cable Solution
specifications using Duplex SC type connectors and adapters. Single mode fiber
optic cable strands specifically designated as CATV fiber shall be fusion spliced
to a jumper (pigtail) with a factory terminated SC/APC connector and an
appropriate simplex SC/APC adapter.
F.
All data network fiber optic connectors shall be mounted using the Symmetrical
Positioning Method to maintain fiber polarity. All CATV fiber shall be mounted in
the standard sequential manor, by color code.
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 14
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.8
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
1.
Symmetrical Positioning Method: Adapters are inserted in the patch
panel at one end of the cable with the opposite orientation of the adapters
at the other end of the cable. At one end of the cable, adapters are
installed such that adapter position A corresponds to odd numbered panel
positions (A-B, A-B order), and on the other end of the cable, adapters
are installed in the opposite orientation such that adapter position B
corresponds to odd numbered panel positions (B-A, B-A order).
2.
Utilizing Duplex SC adapters, at the MDF end of the cable (Bldg 41/A or
Bldg 11), connector clips will be up or right (dependant on FTU style) and
at the project building end of the cable the connector clips will be down or
left (dependant on FTU style).
3.
Fibers are plugged into the adapters with the same number (or color
code) sequence on both ends of the cable (that is, 1 (blue), 2 (orange), 3
(green), 4 (brown), etc.) so that the fiber number (or color code) sequence
is symmetric with respect to the panel positions.
CABLE TAGS AND LABELING
A.
The Contractor shall legibly label all voice, data, and video outlets, cable, blocks,
frames, and patch panels per the Owner’s representative directions and as
defined herein.
B.
The Contractor shall employ a cable labeling and tagging scheme that meets
TIA-606A specifications and is compliant with Exhibit 16720-B “Label Grammar.”
C.
Construction labels shall be installed on all cables as they are pulled. Each cable
shall have a unique number that shall be related to the appropriate faceplate
number and jack letter.
D.
A label shall be installed on each conduit attached to a communications wall box
and shall be affixed to the end of the conduit near the cable tray. The label shall
have a unique number related to the appropriate faceplate number and jack
letter.
E.
Labels shall be installed on all station cables within two (2) inches of the end of
the outer jacket material within the back box and at the blocks/patch panel.
Typed labels on self-sealing tape, with a plastic overlay, shall be used. Each
cable shall have a unique number that shall be related to the appropriate
faceplate number and jack letter.
F.
Labels shall be installed on all patch panels, blocks, and both the inside and
outside of all faceplates. A uniquely numbered label for each faceplate and a
unique letter for each jack shall be supplied and installed. The labels shall be
machine printed (not embossed) on vinyl tape using a Brothers label maker or
equivalent. The labels shall have protective overlays.
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 15
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
G.
Labels shall be numbered according to a scheme developed in consultation with
the Owner’s representative and in accordance with TIA/EIA-606A and Exhibit
16720-B “Label Grammar”.
H.
Ground Bars
I.
3.9
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
1.
The main ground bar shall be labeled as such.
2.
Each subsidiary ground bar shall be labeled as such and have a unique
identifier.
3.
All ground bars shall have a warning label that states, “If this connector or
cable is loose or shall be removed, please call the Telecommunications
Manager.” All ground bars will be connected to the building ground with
continuous “0” AWG wire.
4.
Each ground cable shall be labeled with a unique identifier.
Labels shall be installed on all OSP cables at each termination or splice point, at
each entrance and exit from a conduit, manhole, or service loop.
STATION OUTLETS
A.
B.
Voice/Data Outlets
1.
The standard voice/data/data outlet shall consist of three (2) Category 6
four-pair cables, each terminated on a separate Category 6 rated RJ45 8position jack following T-568 B wiring standards. One jack will be
Electrical White for voice, Blue for the primary data (DATA 1).
2.
The faceplate will be clearly labeled with outlet (IOT) number, and each
jack will be labeled with jack number. All labels will be typed or preprinted
and shall be securely affixed to the faceplate. The label format shall
conform to the SFUSD Label Grammar; see Exhibit 16720-B.
3.
Dust covers shall be placed in the vacant slots
4.
Manufacture: Structured Cabling Solution Manufacturer
Dual Voice/Voice/Data/Data Outlets
1.
JULY 11, 2016
The standard voice/data/data outlet shall consist of three (4) Category 6
four-pair cables, each terminated on a separate Category 6 rated RJ45 8position jack following T-568 B wiring standards. Two jacks will be
electrical White for voice, electrical Blue for the primary Data 1 and Blue
for the secondary Data 2
16720 - 16
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
C.
D.
E.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
2.
The faceplate will be clearly labeled with outlet (IOT) number, and each
jack will be labeled with jack number. All labels will be typed or preprinted
and shall be securely affixed to the faceplate. The label format shall
conform to the SFUSD Label Grammar; see Exhibit 16720-B.
3.
Manufacture: Faceplate, Structured Cabling Solution Manufacturer
Data Only Outlets
1.
The data only outlets shall consist the number indicated after (#) of RJ45
8-pin modular jacks wired per wiring standard T-568 B and dust covers in
an Ivory or White quad outlet faceplate. The number of terminated cables
at each outlet shall be according to floor plan drawings. Jacks shall be
electrical White in color.
2.
The faceplate will be clearly labeled with outlet number, and each jack will
be labeled with jack number. All labels will be typed or preprinted and
shall be securely affixed to the faceplate. The label format shall conform
to the SFUSD Label Grammar; see Exhibit 16720-B.
3.
Manufacture: Structured Cabling Solution Manufacturer
Wireless Access Point Outlets (Type D)
1.
WAP only outlets shall consist of a single four-pair Category 6 cable
terminated to an 8-pin RJ45 modular jack assembly. The color of the jack
will be BLUE.
2.
The jack will be mounted in a single port surface mount box, which will be
clearly labeled with the outlet number and the jack number. All labels will
be typed or preprinted and shall be securely affixed to the faceplate. The
label format shall conform to the SFUSD Label Grammar; see Exhibit
19720-B
3.
Manufacture: Structured Cabling Solution Manufacturer
Voice Only Outlets
1.
Designated wall phone locations shall be wired with one category 6 cable
terminated on a wire 8-pin, RJ45 modular jack assembly equipped with a
metal face place suitable for securing a wall mounted telephone. The
color of the jack shall be designated by the manufacture of the wall-phone
mounting bracket and the color of the cable shall be WHITE.
2.
All Wall phone outlets shall be placed at 44 - 54 inches above the finished
floor unless otherwise noted to make the maximum height to the top of
the telephone 48 inches above the finished floor.
3.
Manufacture: Structured Cabling Solution Manufacturer
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 17
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
F.
Floor-Mount Voice/Data/Data Outlets
1.
The voice/data/data floor-mount outlet shall consist of three (2) Category
6 four-pair cables, each terminated on a separate RJ45 8-pin jack
following wiring standard T 568 B.
2.
The communications portion of the outlet shall be equipped with a NEMA
standard duplex faceplate cutout and three RJ45 jacks.
G.
All station outlets shall be terminated in the IDF that is on the same floor as the
station outlet.
H.
Station outlets shall not be “daisy-chained” except for one Type J outlet vertically
aligned with another data outlet within the same room and wall.
I.
3.10
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
1.
Standard voice/data outlet: 18 inches, on center, above the finished floor.
2.
Wall-mounted video outlet: 78 inches above the finished floor.
3.
Counter top: 6 inches above the counter top.
Wireless Access Point Outlets
1.
Outlets designated on the construction drawings as Type D outlets, shall
be installed in a single port surface mount box and mounted at +9’ above
finished floor, unless other wise noted.
2.
Type D outlets shall be installed with a 3-meter slack loop of cable, neatly
coiled and mounted at the outlet location.
3.
Special consideration may need to be taken for mounting the outlet,
depending on the field conditions, especially in open ceiling
environments. Verify with University representative before mounting.
4.
Type D outlets shall be identified and labeled as specified in Exhibit
16720-B “Label Grammar”.
FACEPLATES (IOT)
A.
The faceplates shall be configured to hold the exact number of jacks called for at
each location (e.g., 3 jacks, 3 port faceplate). If there is not a faceplate available
for that count, the next size up is acceptable (e.g., 5 jacks, 6 port faceplate).
B.
All faceplates shall be single-gang unless otherwise noted in the contract
drawings.
C.
The faceplates shall be identified and labeled as specified in Exhibit 16720-B
“Label Grammar”.
D.
The faceplates shall have their jack positions labeled as specified in Exhibit
16720-B “Label Grammar”.
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 18
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.11
3.12
3.13
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
COPPER CABLE TERMINATION BLOCKS
A.
All 110 terminal blocks shall be clearly and neatly labeled with outlet (jack) or pair
assignments.
B.
All outlets shall be numbered sequentially in the closet using a numbering
assignment agreed upon with the Owner’s representative and in compliance with
Exhibit 16720-B “Label Grammar.”
C.
All riser, tie, and data terminals shall be numbered using pre-printed identification
strips. The Owner’s representative shall determine numbering methodology
unless otherwise noted.
D.
All terminal locations shall be approved prior to installation.
E.
All work on terminals shall be accomplished using tools and support hardware
designed for the 110 system and following procedures identified by the
manufacturer.
EQUIPMENT RACKS
A.
EachMPOE, MDF IDF and BDF will be equipped with at least one (1) 19-inch
equipment rack or as shown on the project plans. Some IDFs/BDFs may require
more than one and will be noted on construction drawings. Wherever possible,
allow a 36” wide aisle way in the front and in the rear of each equipment rack.
B.
All racks in telecom spaces (MPOE, MDFs, BDFs, IDFs), new or existing, will be
anchored into the cement floor or through the raised access flooring to the floor
per the manufacturer’s recommendations to comply with the California Building
Code.
C.
All racks will be labeled in compliance with Exhibit 16720-B “Label Grammar.”
D.
All equipment mounted in the racks (i.e. patch panels, wire management,
electronic equipment) shall be mounted with the appropriate sized screws.
Screws will be installed by hand using a screwdriver, not by using a drill or
electric screwdriver. This is to prevent cross threading and/or stripping of the
screw heads.
E.
All equipment racks shall be individually bonded to the TMGB or TGB located
within the room.
PULL BOXES AND CABINETS
A.
Pull boxes shall be installed in easily accessible locations.
B.
Pull boxes installed as part of a horizontal cabling pathway shall be installed
immediately above suspended ceilings, where possible.
C.
Pull boxes shall not be used for splicing cable.
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 19
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.14
D.
Pull boxes shall be placed in conduit runs that exceed 100-feet or which require
more than two 90-degree bends. The pull boxes shall be located in straight
sections of conduit and shall not be used for a right angle bend. Installation shall
allow cable to pass through from one conduit to another in a direct line.
E.
Pull boxes shall have a length at least twelve (12) times the diameter of the
largest conduit.
WIRE MANAGERS
A.
3.15
3.16
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Both vertical and horizontal wire managers shall be located on each equipment
rack in all MPOE, MDF and BDFs and IDFs as shown on construction drawings
details. Wire managers are to provide a clear and unobstructed pathway to route
jumper wires.
DATA NETWORK PATCH PANELS
A.
All data station cables shall be terminated on rack mounted, angled modular jack
patch panels. All data station cables shall be terminated to TSB 568B wire
scheme. Data station cables are to be routed from the entry point in MPOE, MDF
or BDFs or IDFs along the ladder racking in a neat and orderly way, bundled
together and protected from damage or distortion.
B.
All patch panels will be labeled in compliance with Exhibit 16720-B “Label
Grammar.”
C.
All patch panels shall be bonded to the rack they are mounted in, using a
combination of bonding screws and/or washers.
ENCLOSED CABINETS
A.
Enclosed cabinets shall be placed as noted on construction drawings. These
cabinets shall be equipped with a topside fan and louvered sides to allow airflow
to cool electronic equipment. These cabinets shall be hinged on one side to allow
access to backside of equipment rack. Cabinets shall be anchored through
raised access flooring to the structural slab per the manufacturer’s
recommendation to comply with the California Building Code.
END OF SECTION 16720
JULY 11, 2016
16720 - 20
TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 16740
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
1.2
DESCRIPTION
A.
All materials, labor, equipment, services, and incidentals necessary to install a
complete and functional video, voice, and data communication system shall be
provided by the contractor as part of this work, including all necessary active and
passive components, to allow full operation of the wiring infrastructure system
upon completion.
B.
Active network components to be provided by the contractor may include routers,
switches, hubs, fiber optic transceivers, wireless communications system
transceivers, antennae, base stations, servers, and other equipment as required
by the District.
C.
The installation shall include all cable (optical fiber and twisted-pair copper),
inner-duct, conduit, interconnect /patching equipment (fiber and copper),
connectors /adapters (fiber and copper), splices, patch cords and jumpers
(optical fiber and twisted-pair copper), wiring blocks, data and voice outlets, and
wireless communications system antenna connections.
D.
Upon completion of the installation, the contractor shall test all fiber and copper
pathways and record the test results for the District’s review. All cabling systems
shall meet the respective and applicable EIA/TIA standards.
INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Published specifications, standard tests or recommended methods of trade,
industry or government organizations shall apply to work of this section where
cited by abbreviations noted below, unless modified herein.
1.
National Electrical Code, latest edition, (NEC), Article 800-4.
2.
Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (UL), UL 1459, UL 1863.
3.
TIA/EIA-569-A “Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications
Pathways and Spaces.”
4.
TIA/EIA-568-B. “Commercial Building Telecommunications Standard”.
5.
TIA/EIA-455-61 “FOTP-61, Measurement of Fiber or Cable Attenuation
using an OTDR”.
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 1
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
1.3
1.4
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
6.
IEEE 802.3 “Carrier Sense Multiple Access With Collision Detection”.
7.
TIA / EIA-568-B.2-1 For 250 MHz frequency range transmission over
Category 6 cabling system.
8.
ANSI / TIA /A-568-B.3-1 “Additional transmission performance
specifications for 50/125 Micron Optical Fiber Cables.”
9.
IEEE B02.11b “Wireless Network standard”
10.
TIN / EIA – 606 “Labeling and marking standards for cable 6 and
pathways.”
11.
BISCI – TDM Manual – Latest Edition
12.
San Francisco Unified School District Information Technology Utility
Guidelines (version 2.1 or later).
CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
A.
Installing contractor must possess a valid California C-7 License and must have
successfully performed at least three projects of similar scope, within two years
of the date of the bid. Proof of performance shall be in the form of reference
sheets, which shall include a brief description of the project, the beginning and
ending contract price, the project foreman or superintendent’s name, and the
name, address, and telephone number of a project contact.
B.
When projects include fiber cabling, the contractor must be able to prove to the
satisfaction of District that it has significant experience in the installation of optical
fiber cable systems. Installation must include installation of optical fiber cable,
fiber termination, knowledge of interconnect equipment, and a thorough
knowledge of testing procedures. Contractor must provide a minimum of three
references supporting its claim of experience for similar projects within the two
years prior to this bid. Documentation must be included with the bid documents
submitted.
PRODUCT SUBMITTALS - (UPON AWARD OF CONTRACT)
A.
In addition to the requirements of Division 1, submit all materials for approval
arranged In same order as Specifications, individually referenced to Specification
paragraph and drawing number Submit number required in Division I plus three
(3) copies of 8 1/2” x 11" material and 2 prints plus one reproducible of drawings
in 24” x 36” size, minimum. Submit 8 1/2” x 11” Items bound in volumes and 24" x
36” drawings in edgebound sets.
B.
Progress Schedule: Include duration and milestones for the following:
1.
All submittals specified.
2.
Completion of equipment buyout.
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 2
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
C.
3.
Completion of equipment receipt at fabrication shop.
4.
Shop fabrication.
5.
Shop testing.
6.
Shipment to site.
7.
Installation.
8.
Cutover
9.
Field testing.
10.
Training.
11.
First date of use and operation
12.
Commencement of Warranty (Guarantee)
Manufacturer's Product Data:
1.
2.
D.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
List of Materials: For each item, Include:
a.
Manufacturer.
b.
Model number.
c.
Listing: UL, City Lab or none.
d.
Quantity.
Manufacturer's Product Data: In sequence of List of Materials, Data sheet
for each item, including all accessories, marked for proposed product.
Field and Shop Configuration or Network Plan Drawings:
1.
2.
Resubmit: for coordination reference complete with corrections from
previous submittal:
a.
List of Materials.
b.
Manufacturer's Product Data.
Field (installation) Drawings: Collate in sequence:
a.
Drawing Index/symbol sheet.
b.
Floor plans. At scale of Contract Documents. Show:
(1)
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 3
Stations with circuit number.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
(2)
Rough-in required
(3)
Mounting heights
(a)
(4)
Sections/Elevations. At scale of Contract
Documents.
Mounting location reference.
(a)
Enlarged Plans. At scale of Contract Documents or
larger as required for trade coordination. Show:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(b)
3.
JULY 11, 2016
Refer to “floor plans".
Architectural features.
Rack cabinets.
System furniture.
Clearances.
Mounting hts.
BTU dissipation/heat load
Floor loading requirements
Grounding requirements
Mounting details (for loads greater than 20lbs)
(5)
Stamped and signed by a California Engineer licensed in
jurisdiction for work of this type.
(6)
Show loads, strength of connections, etc.
(7)
Show calculations - on drawings or In bound volume
for review by authorities having jurisdiction.
(8)
Provide details for:
(a)
Racks or
(b)
Wall mounted equipment
(c)
Seismic restraint system for equipment over 20lbs.
Shop (Fabrication) Drawings: Collate In sequence:
a.
Drawing Index/symbol sheet (if separate set from Field Drawings).
b.
System functional drawings. Submit separate drawing for each
system/subsystem. Show:
(1)
Equipment: Function, make, and model.
(2)
Wire number.
16740 - 4
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
(3)
Wire Type.
(4)
Shield condition at both ends (float, ground, and location of
ground.)
(5)
Connector wiring details, each type.
(6)
Provide drawings for the following systems:
(a)
Control.
(b)
Coordinated grounding scheme.
(c)
Equipment rack elevations. All racks scaled at 1",
inch equals 1 foot, or larger. Show:
(i)
(d)
Rack wiring drawings for each rack:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(e)
JULY 11, 2016
Power strip: receptacles, circuiting.
Equipment.
Grounding.
Wiring, all systems.
Wiring harness scheme.
Fabrication details submit for:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(7)
Equipment: Function, make, and model.
Receptacles.
Panels.
Special mounting provisions.
Legends/engraving details. Half or full size:
(a)
Information outlets.
(b)
Panels.
(c)
Equipment.
(8)
Jackfield details, Front elevation, full size.
(9)
Layout.
(10)
Text of designations.
16740 - 5
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
E.
Shop and Field Test Reports
1.
2.
3.
F.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Schedule: Submit test reports In timely manner relative to Project
schedule such that Owner may conduct Verification of submitted Test
Data at Owner's option, without delay of progress.
a.
Shop test report: Submit prior to shipping completed system to
Project site.
b.
Field test report: Submit following system completion and
prior to and as condition precedent to Owner's acceptance of the
Work of this Section.
Test Reports: Include:
a.
Time and date of test.
b.
Personnel conducting test.
c.
Test Object.
d.
Procedure used.
e.
Test equipment, Including serial and date of calibration.
f.
Results of test - numerical or graphical presentation.
Verification of Submitted Test Data: Owner may elect to verify some or all
test data submitted. Retest In presence of designated observer(s) at
reasonable convenience of Owner. Provide technician familiar with work
of this Section. Provide all test equipment.
Reference Data for Operation, Maintenance and Repair
a.
JULY 11, 2016
In addition to the requirements of Division 1, submit one (1)
additional set. Submit In three post binders (not ring binder) with
Tabs.
(1)
Index.
(2)
Systems operating Instructions.
(3)
Reduced set of system Record Drawings.
(4)
Key schedule.
(5)
Maintenance and spare pans schedules.
(6)
Shop and Field Test Reports.
16740 - 6
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
(7)
G.
Equipment manuals. Collate alphabetically by
manufacturer. Provide manufacturer's original operation,
Instruction and service manuals for each equipment item.
For each set, provide manufacturer's original printed
copies only. Photocopies not acceptable.
Record Network Drawings in AutoCAD R2015 format (as builts)
1.
2.
Quantity:
a.
Review sets: as for Shop and Field Drawings.
b.
Record set:
(1)
Three (3) blackline.
(2)
One CD-RW disk with applicable .dwg files
Content: All drawings required under “Field and Shop Drawings”. Show
“as Installed” condition.
PART 2 – MATERIALS
2.1
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A.
The voice and data communications system shall consist of three components:
1.
An optical fiber backbone (data) (not part of this project)
2.
A copper twisted-pair backbone (voice only – min. Cat 3)
3.
Twisted pair copper station cabling (voice and data –Cat 6 for new
buildings) – Note: Category 6 cable designations in these Standards shall
be for all new buildings.
B.
Each building and/or floor Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) shall be
connected via a 12-strand optical fiber cable to the Main Distribution Frame
(MDF). Individual IDF’s shall be located at each building or floor for termination
and cross-connection/patching of horizontal copper station cabling. The quantity
of IDF’s shall be limited to the minimum required to meet EIA/TIA distance limits
for each area as applicable and/or shown on plans.
C.
All optical fiber cables shall be enclosed in innerduct installed in conduit.
D.
From each MPOE, MDF or IDF, one or more twisted-pair copper cables shall be
routed to each data and voice outlet location in quantities as outlined herein.
1.
JULY 11, 2016
The wiring system shall be provided and installed per TIA / EIA-568-B
star wiring topology and shall be Category 6 rated for both data and
voice.
16740 - 7
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
2.
E.
F.
2.2
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable, installed for high-speed data
application, shall not exceed 295 feet in length between terminations
Terminations:
1.
All fiber strands shall be terminated with connectors and landed on fiber
interconnect equipment.
2.
All data, voice and voice feeder cables shall be terminated on modular
patch panels for a universal patch field. Confirm with the SFUSD IT
Department the quantity of pairs prior to installation.
The MPOE, MDF and IDF’s will house active data distribution equipment, which
may include but is not limited to local area network hubs and switches, optical
fiber transceivers, wireless communication systems base stations and routers,
and servers. The Contractor shall coordinate with the District’s network
integrator to ensure that data rack and cabinet layouts fully accommodate all
equipment required for each project.
DESIGNED CRITERIA
A.
Each location shown on plans shall be provided with (2) data drops.
B.
Each location shall be provided with at least (2) voice drops (for an IP phone or
other phone).
C.
Refer to equipment rack specifications below and provide with power strips as
noted (for connection of all active equipment).
D.
Provide sufficient rack mounted UPS equipment with internal surge protection
(APC or equal) at each equipment room to support District provided network
equipment. Coordinate KVA size for each location based on program
requirements (to be coordinated with the District for each project and location).
Typical installation will include a 5000VA rated UPS with a 30A, 120V twist lock
receptacle power input requirement. Rack mounted plug strips to be connected
to the output of the UPS system.
E.
Provide sufficient labeling to allow the District to identify and utilize the wiring
infrastructure after construction is completed. Refer to labeling section below and
provide at all faceplates, behind faceplates (on cable) and at all patch panels /
terminal blocks, and wiring closets.
F.
The contractor shall provide patch cables (fiber and copper) as noted below as
part of the project installation. Cross connection of all data cabling will be
performed by the contractor as coordinated with SFUSD IT Network Operations.
The Contractor shall patch and place all data and voice station and computer
cables and make ready for operation.
G.
Layout of the MDF and IDF’s at each this site shall be in compliance with the
SFUSD Information Technology Utility Guidelines documentation and standard
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 8
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
accepted design practice. Rooms to include all required infrastructure, including
power, lighting, ventilation/cooling, equipment racks/cabinets, cable tray, plywood
backboards, raceway stub-outs, grounding bus, and all related construction as
shown on project drawing.
2.3
2.4
2.5
OPERATION REQUIREMENTS
A.
The function of the data communications cable system is to transmit data signals
from a central location to multiple individual data outlet locations. Upon
completion of the work outlined in this specification, the entire cable system,
including cable, and communications outlets shall be tested to (and meet)
Category 6 compliance.
B.
Upon completion of the work, the multimode optical fiber cable system shall be
capable of 10 Gb/s data rates up to a distance of 300 meters and of transmitting
signals with a minimum bandwidth of 200 MHz at both 850 and 1300nm. The
cumulative signal loss, through connectors, jumpers, couplers, and fiber cable,
shall be less than 10 dB.
STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM WARRANTY
A.
The entire cabling system (jacks, cabling, and interconnect equipment) shall
meet the performance requirements of the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B standard. The
warranty on the material, services, and operation of the entire cabling system
must be for a period of at least 15 years. The connecting hardware shall have a
lifetime extended warranty against defects in material and workmanship.
B.
The warranty must include the following statements regarding the cabling
system:
1.
“Will support and conform to TIA/EIA-568-B specifications covering any
current or future application which supports transmission over a properly
constructed horizontal cabling system premises network which meets the
channel and/or basic link performance as described in TIA/EIA-568-B”.
2.
“Will be free from defects in material or faulty workmanship for the entire
warranty period”.
MATERIALS
A.
Copper Cable:
1.
JULY 11, 2016
Inter-building outside-plant cable (voice only) shall be multi-pair
unshielded twisted pair type, #24 AWG, Superior Essex type BKMA or
equal. The wiring shall comply with the following:
a.
Maximum DC resistance: 26.5 Ohms Per 1000 feet
b.
Maximum mutual capacitance at 1 kHz: 15.7 nF per 1000 feet
16740 - 9
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
2.
3.
c.
Nominal attenuation @ 1 MHz: 6.7 db per 1000 feet
d.
Characteristic impedance @ 1.0 Hz: 1.0 MHz: 100 Ohms (+)
15%
Interior backbone cable (voice only) shall be multi-pair unshielded twisted
pair type, #24 AWG, Superior Essex AR Series Riser Cable type ARMM
or equal. The cable sheath shall be armored and riser-rated (CMR). The
cable shall meet ANSI / TIA / EIA-568 standards for 100 ohm category 3
UTP multi-pair backbone cable and also comply with the following:
a.
Maximum DC resistance: 26.5 Ohms per 1000 feet
b.
Maximum mutual capacitance at 1 kHz: 15.7 nF per 1000 feet
c.
Nominal attenuation @ 1 MHz: 7.6 db per 1000 feet
d.
Characteristic impedance @ 1.0 – 16.0 MHz: 100 Ohms, (+) 15%
Inter-building and interior backbone cable shall meet the following
requirements.
a.
b.
c.
JULY 11, 2016
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Cable Conductors specifications:
(1)
24 AWG solid copper conductors.
(2)
Individual conductors PVC jacketed.
Cable construction specifications:
(1)
Core wrap – Polypropylene film.
(2)
Shield – Corrugated aluminum tape bonded to riser-rated
jacket.
Cable Jacket marking: Must be legible and shall contain the
following information:
(1)
Manufacturer’s name.
(2)
Copper conductor gauge.
(3)
Pair counts.
(4)
UL and CSA listing.
(5)
Manufacturer’s trademark.
(6)
Category rating.
(7)
Sequential foot markings, in 1-foot increments.
16740 - 10
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
d.
4.
5.
6.
Cable jacket shall be gray with black lettering.
Horizontal distribution cable (for both data and voice) in conduit shall
consist of four unshielded twisted pairs, #24 AWG, Superior Essex Data
Gain Cat. 6 type CMR or equal, with the following characteristics:
a.
Maximum DC resistance: 9.4 Ohms per 100 meters
b.
Maximum mutual capacitance @ 1kHz: 14 nF per 1000 feet
c.
Maximum attenuation @ 250 MHz: 33 db per 100 meters.
d.
Characteristic impedance @ 1.0 – 250.0 MHz: 100 Ohms (+) 22%
e.
Meet or exceed TIA/EIA-568-B, Category 6.
f.
ACR: 7dB @ 250 MHz
Horizontal distribution cable (for both data and voice), where not installed
in conduit in plenum spaces, shall be plenum rated and consist of four
unshielded twisted pairs, #24 AWG, Superior Essex Data Gain Cat. 6
type CMP or equal, with the following characteristics:
a.
Maximum DC resistance: 9.4 Ohms per 100 meters
b.
Maximum mutual capacitance @ 1kHz: 14 nF per 1000 feet.
c.
Maximum attenuation @ 250 MHz: 33 db per 100 meters.
d.
Characteristic impedance @ 1.0 – 250.0 MHz: 100 Ohms (+) 22%
e.
Meet or exceed TIA/EIA-568-B, Category 6
f.
ACR: 7 dB @ 250 MHz.
Horizontal cable for both data and voice shall meet the following
requirements.
a.
JULY 11, 2016
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Cable jacket marking: Must be legible and shall contain the
following information:
(1)
Manufacturer’s name.
(2)
Copper conductor gauge.
(3)
Pair counts.
(4)
UL and CSA listing.
(5)
Manufacturer’s trademark.
16740 - 11
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
7.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
(6)
Category rating.
(7)
Sequential foot markings, in 1-foot increments.
b.
Data station cable jacket shall be blue with black lettering and
shall be provided in 1000-foot boxes.
c.
Voice station cable jacket shall be white with black lettering and
shall be provided in 1000-foot boxes
d.
CCTV outlet cables for cameras shall be yellow in color with black
lettering and shall be provided in 1000 foot boxes
e.
Type CMR cable shall be solid annealed copper with polyolefin
insulation round design with flexible web separator with flame
retardant PVC jacket.
f.
Type CMP cable shall be same as Type CMR except with type
FEP insulation.
Data Equipment Inter-Connect patch Cords: Four twisted-pair stranded,
Category 6 Enhanced Power Sum, 24 AWG copper conductors.
Individual conductors PVC jacketed. Each conductor provided with
unique color code. Manufacturer terminated on each end with Avaya
Category 6 8-pin / 8-position modular plug to be pinned as per EIA / TIA
568 B. Connector plug shall be polarized to prevent polarity reversal or
split pairs, and shall be factory-marked to indicate top of connector. Interconnect cord shall be UL listed.
a.
The Contractor shall provide a quantity of patch cords as part of
the bid price, equal to 100% of rack ports installed and 100% of
workstation ports installed on the project.
b.
The Contractor shall complete data interconnects between patch
panels and District-programmed , contractor supplied active
network electronics as part of the bid price.
c.
Minimum performance specifications:
(1)
d.
JULY 11, 2016
The data equipment inter-connect cable must meet the
impedance, attenuation and NEXT requirements for
Category 6 Horizontal Cable of EIA / TIA 568 B.
Minimum length shall be 3 feet and the maximum length shall be
15 feet. Exact lengths and color to be approved by SFUSD-IT
Networking Operations prior to ordering.
16740 - 12
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Data and Voice Outlets
1.
2.
Cable termination hardware shall be individual; Category 6 Channel rated
Leviton (or equal) jacks for both data and voice. All voice cabling shall be
on separate patch panels from data cabling. The listed product shall have
the following characteristics:
a.
One eight-position, eight-conductor jack (nonkeyed), TIA/EIA-568B Compliant, wired to T568B, Leviton category 6 extreme #61109R*6 (* indicates color – see below).
b.
The cover of the information outlet shall be labeled above the jack.
The number on the outlet jacks shall coincide with the
identification requirements listed herein.
c.
The color of all voice jacks shall be white, Leviton part #61110RW6.
d.
The color of all student-designated data jacks shall be blue,
Leviton part #61110-BL6 (at both jack and patch panels).
e.
The color of all Wireless Access Point data jacks shall be green,
Leviton part #61110-RV6 (at both jack and patch panels).
f.
The color of all faceplates and blank inserts or visible mounting
plates shall match the adjacent power or signal outlet covers on
the project.
g.
The devices at outlets and the devices in the patch panels shall be
of the same manufacturer and same type.
All terminations and jacks shall be labeled with laser-printed polyester
self-laminating wrap-around labels.
a.
JULY 11, 2016
Jack label faceplates;
(1)
All labels shall be polyester, white in color, laser printed.
(2)
All labels shall be 1.80-inch in width and 0.375-inch in
length.
(3)
Labels shall have an adhesive backing.
(4)
Labels shall be placed behind protective clear strip covers.
(5)
Labels shall be laser printed.
(6)
Labels shall be Panduit Pan-CODE Laser Labels (PLL)
part EFPL-1 or equal.
16740 - 13
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
(7)
b.
C.
D.
Refer to detailed labeling requirements (under labeling
requirements).
Terminal block designation strip:
(1)
All labels shall be polyester;
(2)
Labels shall be white in color for 4-pair data station cable
terminations, located within a blue plastic label holder;
(3)
Labels shall be attached to the designation strip provided
with the blue plastic holders;
(4)
All labels shall be 7.88 inches in width and 0.50 inches in
length;
(5)
Labels shall have an adhesive backing;
(6)
Labels shall be laser-printed with the labeling scheme as
specified;
(7)
Labels shall be Panduit Pan-CODE Laser Labels (PLL) [art
number PLL-22-Y3-1 or equal.
Termination Hardware at MPOE, MDF / IDF’s (Voice Trunks)
1.
All trunk cables installed for voice application shall be terminated on patch
panels with 1 or 2 pairs per port. Verify with SFUSD IT Department prior
to installation.
2.
Labeling at wire troughs and for all cable, jacks, and other elements of the
voice/data cabling system shall follow TIA/EIA-606 Standards. Provide
color-coded labels for all wiring blocks as follows:
a.
Interface to Site Cabling – Brown
b.
Interface to Equipment Cabling – Purple
c.
Interface to Horizontal Cabling – Blue
d.
Interface to Telephone Company - Green
Termination Hardware at MPOE, MDF /IDF’s (Fiber Optic)
1.
JULY 11, 2016
Optical Fiber Interconnect Equipment: Interconnect equipment shall be
mounted on equipment racks. Interconnect equipment shall affixed to the
rack by at least (4a) screws. The screws shall be the correct size and
thread configuration for the holes in the rack. The screws shall be
tightened to the extent that they hold the equipment firmly to the rack,
without distorting the equipment or stripping the threads. All optical fiber
interconnect devices shall be assembled and installed in accordance with
16740 - 14
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations.
2.
Fiber Interconnect Equipment shall be of sufficient size to permit
termination of all fiber strands, maintaining minimum bend radius, and
maintaining required cable storage. In the event that an enclosure must
be oversized (number of termination ports) due to manufacturer’s product
standardization, the next larger available enclosure size shall be utilized.
3.
Adapter plates, which accommodate Duplex LC type connectors, shall be
provided within each Fiber Optic Distribution Panel. Connectors shall be
included on adapter plates.
4.
5.
a.
The duplex LC adapter at the main distribution frame (MDF) shall
be mounted in a B-A configuration.
b.
The duplex LC adapter at each intermediate distribution frame
(IDF) shall be mounted in an A-B configuration for cables coming
from the MDF, and in a B-A configuration for cables going to an
additional IDF (if applicable) further downstream.
Fiber optic distribution panels shall be rack-mount type, utilizing Leviton
Opt-X fiber System components, or equal, equipped with snap-in adapter
panels.
a.
Provide quantity of connector panels for complete termination of
all fiber strands, complete with duplex LC adapters.
b.
Provide blank connector plates for all spaces not equipped with
adapter panels.
All glass stands of each fiber optic cable shall be terminated on Leviton
Thread-Lock type duplex LC connectors which require no epoxy or heat
cure devices, allow re-termination to reduce waste, and have the
following characteristics:
a.
Multimode: ceramic ferrule
b.
568SD style
c.
Plastic housing
d.
Low loss – 0.2 db (typical), 0.5 (guaranteed)
6.
All inter-building fiber optic cables (loose tube type) shall be terminated at
fiber optic distribution panels using a Leviton 49887 Series (or equal)
buffer tube fan-out kit.
7.
Labeling for fiber optic cabling and distribution panels shall match the
labeling system for voice and data cabling and hardware.
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 15
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
E.
F.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Termination Hardware at MPOE, MDF / IDF’s (Voice and Data Station Cabling)
1.
All station cables installed for voice and data application shall be
terminated on rack-mounted modular patch panels and the entire
installation shall be in compliance with TIA/EIA-568-B Category 6
requirements.
2.
Data patch panels shall be Leviton Extreme 6 Category 6 discrete porttype. Port panels shall be certified by the manufacturer as suitable for
1000 Mbps data transmission. Patch panels shall be manufactured of
aluminum or steel.
3.
Wire management hardware shall be Leviton Versi-Suct 49265 Series, or
equal, installed at both the top and the bottom and between each patch
panel and along the sides of the rack for patch cable routing and
management.
4.
Wire managers shall be of sufficient width and depth to permit orderly
routing of all patch cables at one hundred percent utilization.
5.
Patch panels shall be mounted on equipment racks. Panels shall be
affixed to the rack by at least four (4) screws. The screws shall be of the
correct size and thread configuration for the holes in the rack. They shall
be tightened to the extent that they hold the equipment firmly to the rack,
without distorting the equipment or stripping the threads.
6.
Patch panels:
a.
24 Port -Leviton part #49255-H24 or equal
b.
48 Port -Leviton part #49255-H48 or equal
Equipment Racks
1.
All racks shall be standard two post or four post racks approved by
SFUSD-IT Networking Operations. Any exceptions to be approved by
SFUSD-IT Networking Operations before specification or ordering.
2.
Floor mounted open bay relay type racks (seismic rated) shall be utilized
in equipment rooms and voice/data closets to provide adequate mounting
space for patch panels, wire managers, fiber optic distribution panels, and
network integration equipment.
3.
Equipment racks shall be supported or braced at the top if each rack by a
length of unistrut. Unistrut or overhead cable tray and fastened with
factory fittings and hardware and shall be attached to full height wall by
the appropriate fastening hardware. Equipment racks shall have the
following physical characteristics, unless otherwise noted:
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 16
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
4.
5.
Equipment Racks shall be 7-feet X 19-inche 6061-T6 aluminum, boltdown EIA standard equipment rack, with 1-1/4 X ½-inch front and rear
flange hole pattern, 12-24 threaded holes, clear finish, and self-support
base, UL listed.
a.
Nineteen X 84-inch equipment rack, Chatsworth 48353-503 or
50120-X03 or equal.
b.
Equipment cable guard, Chatsworth 40058-519.
c.
Seismic gussets for each rack, black, Chatsworth 11592-701.
d.
Provide minimum (1) horizontal plug strip per rack; Wiremold or
equal. Any exceptions to be approved by SFUSD-IT network
Operations.
Horizontal cable trough for equipment racks.
a.
6.
7.
G.
Patch cable organizers with 6.00 X 2.80-inch horizontal rings for
routing patch cables across equipment racks to equipment ports.
Panel shall fit in 2 rack units and match the color of the equipment
racks, Chatsworth Products, clear. Chatsworth part #13930-70.
Vertical rack cabling sections:
a.
For use on the vertical edge rail of the equipment racks.
b.
Seven-foot X 12.75-inch rectangular channel with latching cable
retainers shall be Chatsworth Products Inc., Two-Sided Vertical
Rack Cabling Section, Chatsworth part #13912-70.
Fiber patch cord management:
a.
For use in the vertical rack cabling section for the routing of fiber
optic patch cables.
b.
Two-inch square, covered, yellow in color, slotted duct shall be 6
feet long, with cover. Duct shall be ADC FGS-MSHS-C.
Cable runway:
1.
Cable runway: UL listed, tubular steel side rails, 1 ½ - inch x 0.375-inch,
with 1-1/2-inch stringers on 9-inch centers, 1-1/2-inch x 1-inch welded
rungs, and tubular removable posts; yellow zinc dichromate (UZN) finish,
complete with all required mounting hardware, fittings and cables needed
to form a bonded (grounded) system.
a.
2.6
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Fifteen-inch cable ladder: B-Line SB Series, or equal.
CABLE AND WIRE INSTALLATION:
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 17
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
A.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
The contractor shall be responsible for the provision and installation of all data
and voice cables including all supports, hangers, and hardware necessary for a
complete installation. Under no circumstances shall cables be laid on the
suspended ceiling. The contractor shall be responsible for providing and
installing all necessary cable support hardware to meet Category 6 requirements.
1.
T-Bar Suspended Ceilings: Copper station cabling may be run outside of
conduits when routed above T-Bar suspended ceilings. Cables installed
in this fashion are to be run horizontally in bundles and tied down neatly
suspended from J-hooks, and well clear of any light fixtures or other
electrical appliances that may affect data transmissions.
B.
At each voice/data closet, cables shall be segregated by type, neatly tied
together and routed to the patch panels. All cables shall be tagged.
C.
Cable distances from patch panels to data outlet shall not exceed 295 feet. The
contractor is responsible to ensure the distance specified is not exceeded.
D.
Care shall be exercised in routing both station and backbone/tie cables so as to
avoid areas where sources of high levels of EMI (such as electric motors,
transformers and fluorescent lighting fixtures) may exist. Maintain a minimum
distance of 12 from these sources when run parallel. Cross at 90-degree angles
where crossing must occur.
E.
Each station cable shall be “home run” (no splices or cross connection points)
between jacks and patch panels.
F.
All openings or raceway transitions through firewalls and floors shall utilize UL
listed fire-rated penetrations.
G.
The fiber optical cable manufacturer’s installation instructions shall be followed in
order to avoid damage during placement within the facility. All fiber optic cable
shall be placed within innerduct to provide mechanical protection and to provide
visual warning or caution when handling or other work operations are performed
adjacent to the installed fiber cable.
H.
No more than (2) 90-degree bends shall be allowed on all conduit runs for the
horizontal voice/data cabling system, without an intermediate pullbox or junction
box.
I.
Multi-Pair Riser Cable: All riser cables will be “punched down” on terminating
blocks in the telecommunications rooms. Cables running on cable tray within the
telecommunications rooms throughout the building shall be neatly placed and
lashed to the horizontal and vertical cable trays at 2-foot intervals, not to exceed
every other rung, plus all locations where the cable changes direction.
1.
JULY 11, 2016
Do not bend Category 3 ARMM copper riser cables to a radius of less
than 10 times the cable diameter.
16740 - 18
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
2.
J.
L.
a.
ARMM-200, 11-inch minimum bend radius;
b.
ARMM-300, 13-inch minimum bend radius.
Contractor shall use only equipment designed for placing ARMM copper
riser cables in telephone conduits, sleeves and cable trays.
Riser and OSP cable terminations.
1.
K.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Twisted pair metallic cables: Cable pair twists shall be maintained up to
within ½-inch of the point of termination for Category 3 riser distribution
cables. For other riser distribution cables, maintain twists as close as
practicable to the point of termination. Under no circumstances shall
cable pairs be untwisted or otherwise altered prior to termination.
Station cable terminations.
1.
Cable pair twists of Category 6 Cable shall be maintained within 0.5-inch
of the point of termination. Under no circumstances shall cable pairs be
untwisted or otherwise altered prior to termination.
2.
Do not bend Category 6 station cables to a radius of less than 10 times
the cable diameter - approximately 2-inches.
3.
Allow slack in Category 6 Cable bundles at entrances and exits of conduit
sleeves and at transitions from “J” hooks to cable trays. Never pull cables
tight at cable tray transitions; doing so may damage the cables by
crimping them on the cable tray side of the bundles.
4.
Keep the cable evenly distributed within the cable tray. Do not allow the
cables or bundles to be pulled tight against the splines or to be unevenly
balanced on one side of the tray.
5.
Bundles of station cable in floor slots shall not exceed 2.5 inches in
diameter, and shall be spaced 4 inches apart for proper fire stopping of
the floor slot.
6.
Bundles of station cable in 4-inch floor sleeves shall not exceed a 39
percent fill.
Fiber optic cable and termination installation.
1.
Fiber optic cables: After dressing the cable to its final destination, sheath
shall be removed to a point that allows the strands to be placed in break
out kits to be splayed and terminated in a neat and uniform fashion. At
this point all fibers shall be terminated in strict compliance with the
manufacturer’s submitted instructions.
a.
JULY 11, 2016
Cable sheaths shall be clamped to the outside of fiber termination
16740 - 19
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
shelf. The cable clamp shall be manufactured by the
manufacturer of the termination shelf and shall be designed to
clamp outside plant fiber optic cable sheaths.
b.
The tight-buffered sheath cable shall have the OFNR sheath and
Kevlar strength members terminated at the cable clamp on the
outside of the shelf. Only the buffer tubes and buffered fibers
shall continue into the termination shelf.
c.
Provide a minimum of 48-inches of subunit buffer tube and 40
inches of buffered fiber inside of the termination shelf.
M.
Where fiber or copper cable enters an equipment room or voice/data closet, it
shall be affixed to the backboard via “D” Rings and cable ties. All cable shall be
neatly bundled, combed, and tied. All exposed cable runs shall be horizontal or
vertical, and bends shall comply with manufacturer required minimum cable
bending radii.
N.
All openings into wall mounted cabinets and fiber optic distribution panels shall
be grommeted.
O.
Fiber innerduct shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers instructions
and industry standards. Within the equipment rooms, the innerduct shall extend
from the end of conduit to (4) feet above the floor and shall be affixed to the
backboard by means of clamps designed for that purpose. Care shall be taken
to avoid kinking the innerduct or applying excessive tension during the
installation process.
1.
Innerduct runs do not have to be continuous throughout. Breaks are
acceptable at pull boxes where required. The contractor is responsible
for determination of actual lengths of innerduct required. Enough
innerduct shall be provided and installed to extend from the fiber service
loops at the MDF to the fiber service loops at each IDF. In pullboxes,
segments of innerduct shall extend a minimum of (12) inches into the
pullbox.
P.
During installation of optical fiber cable in conduit, special care shall be taken to
avoid damage to the cable. While under pulling tension, the cable shall not be
bent into a curve with a radius of less than (20) times the cable diameter. Pulling
tension shall not exceed manufacturer’s recommended maximum tensile load.
Contractor shall utilize a winch with tension control or a “break-away” link
designed to break away at or below the recommended maximum tension.
Q.
A minimum (30) foot service loop shall be provided at each terminal location for
all fiber optic cables. Provide service loop via backboard attached cable reels.
R.
Each end of gel-filled voice cable shall be damned at the breakout point-using
manufacturer recommended blocking kit. All pairs extending beyond the
breakout point and dam shall be cleaned such that no gel remains.
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 20
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
S.
Provide (1) patch cable for each activated jack on each project. Lengths shall be
5ft. minimum or as required for the MDF or IDF design.
T.
Provide one fiber jumper for each two strands of fiber at each equipment rack,
with duplex LC type connectors (OM3 compliant).
U.
Provide 3 pair jumper cables as required for all voice system cross-connects at
telephone backboards.
V.
Equipment racks and Frames.
1.
Each rack shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions and recommendations. Each rack shall be mounted such
that the side rails are plumb. Each rack shall be affixed to the building
structure at each of the mounting holes provided. Attachment shall be by
1/2" X 1-1/4" lag bolts or Hilti Quik Bolt II. A 3/8" pilot hole shall be drilled
for each lag bolt. Each bolt shall be tightened to the extent that it holds
the mounting hardware firmly, but not so tight as to distort the hardware
or strip the threads
2.
Provide seismic support and bracing for all equipment racks and fiber
distribution frames installed under this work. Equipment racks and
distribution frames must be structurally designed to accommodate cable
loads. No other support mechanism will be supplied. Provide seismic
design calculations and seismic design drawings prepared by the
contractor’s structural engineer for coordination and approval by District’s
Representative prior to fabricating or installing any supports. In general,
provide support only from floor slabs, beams, columns, or structural walls,
(such as shear walls). Do NOT use existing or new partitions to provide
either vertical or lateral support UNLESS the seismic design calculations
and drawings demonstrate that the partition, either with or without
reinforcement, is able to support the seismic and other loads. Any
proposed reinforcement to be the responsibility of the Contractor.
3.
19” relay racks:
JULY 11, 2016
a.
Assemble equipment racks with cable management hardware
specified.
b.
Fasten the equipment racks to the steel wire cable tray or cable
ladder with equipment rack brackets.
c.
Place a base dust cover panel over the area between the front
and rear base flange of each equipment rack.
d.
Place horizontal ring style cable managers in the racks (minimum
(1) for each 24 network ports). Relocate the cable managers
within the racks as required to accommodate the installation of
network electronics and to manage the copper and fiber patch
cables installed for use with this system.
16740 - 21
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
e.
f.
W.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Horizontal cable troughs for managing patch cables routing to
equipment ports shall be placed on equipment racks.
(1)
Six horizontal ring panels shall be placed in 7-foot
equipment racks.
(2)
Six Philips head screws, threaded to the 12-24 threading
of the equipment racks shall be used to attach each
horizontal trough.
A vertical rack cabling section shall be placed on each of the 2
vertical edge rails of the equipment racks. Attach the 2-sided
vertical rack cabling section to the equipment racks at the location
of the threaded inserts. The 2-sided vertical rack cabling section
shall be bolted to the threaded inserts in the side rails of the each
equipment rack with four 1/2 –inch hex head bolts and lock
washers.
Labeling: Labeling shall include, but not be limited to:
1.
Labeling telecommunications outlet faceplates;
2.
Labeling station cables;
3.
Labeling terminal blocks;
4.
Labeling fiber optic cable sheaths;
5.
Labeling fiber optic and copper splice closures;
6.
Labeling fiber optic stands;
7.
Labeling fiber termination panels;
8.
Labeling of telecommunications equipment racks and fiber frames;
9.
Labeling of telecommunications pathways, including conduits, steel wire
cable trays, cable runway and pullboxes;
10.
Labeling of all grounding conductors and ground bars in the
Intermediated Distribution Facilities (IDFs) and Main Distribution Facility
(MDF).
11.
The intent of the final labeling is to allow the District or persons contracted
by the District to identify any part of the structured cabling system through
physical identification of the components and their related components at
the specified access point without the use of electrical, electronic or
mechanical means of identification.
12.
Copper Riser- cable sheath labels:
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 22
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
a.
13.
(1)
All tags shall be 316-stainless steel.
(2)
All tags shall be 0.75-inches in width and 3.5-inches in
length;
(3)
Tags shall have two .30 holes punched at each end;
(4)
Tags shall be attached to cable sheaths with Panduit
standard width stainless steel tie wraps.
(5)
Tags shall be machine stamped or engraved with the
labeling scheme as specified;
Copper station cable sheaths at 8-pin 8-position jacks, at junction
boxes, enclosures, and pull boxes shall be labeled with laserprinted polyester self-laminating wrap-around labels.
(1)
All labels shall be polyester with white color.
(2)
All labels shall be at least 1.00- inches in width and 1.33inch in length; with a 0.5-inch x 1-inch printable area;
(3)
Labels shall have an adhesive backing;
(4)
Labels shall be attached to cable sheaths by wrapping
around the sheath with the adhesive back self-laminating
portion;
(5)
Labels shall be located within 6 to 8 inches of both ends of
the cable (visible behind faceplates and behind patch
panels) and shall be identical at both ends.
Copper and fiber optic data interconnect cable sheath labels:
a.
JULY 11, 2016
Copper riser cable sheaths shall be labeled with machine stamped
stainless steel tags that shall be tie wrapped to the cable sheath.
Copper station – cable sheath labels:
a.
14.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Copper data interconnect cable sheaths shall be labeled with laser
printed polyester self-laminating labels at each end.
(1)
All labels shall be polyester with white color.
(2)
All labels shall be at least 1.87- inches in width and 3.167inch in length; with a 0.5-inch x 1-inch printable area;
(3)
Labels shall have an adhesive backing;
16740 - 23
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
15.
17.
Labels shall be attached to cable sheaths by wrapping
around the sheath and creating a flag with the label body
and clear laminating portion.
(5)
Labels shall be located within 6 to 8 inches of both ends of
the cable (visible at each end) and shall be identical at
both ends.
Each copper cable, its associated jack at the outlet, and the
associated connecting block on the patch panel shall be labeled to
identify where the cable comes from or goes to:
(1)
Typical classroom data label: IDF202-D3 identifies a
classroom cable and jack as Data Jack #3 coming from
IDF #202.
(2)
Typical classroom voice label: IDF202-V1 identifies a
classroom cable and jack as Voice Jack #1 coming from
IDF #202.
(3)
Typical rack data label: 410-D3 identifies a cable as going
to Data Jack #3 in Room #410.
(4)
Typical rack voice label: 410-V1 identifies a cable as going
to Voice Jack #1 in Room #410.
Cable identification:
a.
Each fiber optic backbone cable sheath shall be labeled with a
unique identifier.
b.
Label the cable sheath at the termination shelf and on the
innerduct as the fiber optic cables pass through IDFs and pull
boxes.
c.
Each SC connector in each termination shelve shall be labeled
with a unique identifier.
Cable sheath identification:
a.
JULY 11, 2016
(4)
Cable/outlet/jack/termination identification:
a.
16.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Identify multi-pair copper riser cable sheaths with machinegenerated labels at the following locations:
(1)
Within 12 inches of the point that the cable exits the top or
bottom of the 110P-type terminal block column.
(2)
Within 12 inches of the point that the cable enters a splice.
(3)
At 40-foot intervals above T-Bar ceilings.
16740 - 24
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
18.
X.
2.7
(4)
At pull boxes
(5)
Within 12 inches of the point that the cable enters or exits
wall and floor sleeves.
Cable pair identification:
a.
Identify all riser cable pairs in 5-pair increments on a 110 terminal
block designation strip. The numbering shall be 4 digits beginning
with “0001” and continuing through “0800”. The Contractor shall
provide white, laser printer generated designation strips.
b.
Identify all riser cable pairs in 5-pair increments on 25-pair
connectors. The numbering shall be 4 digits beginning with
“0001” and continuing through “0800”.
Warning Tags: At each location where fiber cable is exposed, it shall be marked
with warning tags. These tags shall be yellow or orange in color, and shall
contain the warning: “CAUTION FIBER OPTIC CABLE”. The text shall be
permanent, black, block characters, and at least 3/16 high. A warning tag shall
be permanently affixed to each exposed cable or bundle of cables, at intervals of
not more than (5) feet. Any section of exposed cable, which is less than five (5)
feet in length, shall have at least one warning tag affixed to it.
GROUNDING SYSTEM AND CONDUCTORS
A.
Bonding and Grounding:
1.
B.
2.8
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Communication bonding and grounding shall be in accordance with the
NEC and NFPA. Horizontal cables shall be grounded in compliance with
ANSI/NFPA 70 and local requirements and practices. Horizontal
equipment includes cross connect frames, patch panels and racks, active
telecommunication equipment and test apparatus and equipment.
Telecommunications Bonding Backbone:
1.
Provide a Telecommunications Bonding Backbone utilizing a minimum #6
AWG bonding conductor that provides direct bonding between equipment
rooms and telecommunications closets. Connect this bonding backbone
cable to the main grounding electrode system at the electric service
switchboard.
2.
Provide a copper ground bar at each tel/data equipment room or rack
location, connected to the bonding backbone.
3.
Provide a #6 AWG stranded copper cable from each ground bar to each
adjacent rack or cable trays system.
PROTECTION BLOCKS
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 25
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
A.
2.9
Protection:
1.
Provide protection blocks at each building entry for copper cable
terminations.
2.
Provide sufficient capacity for protections of all pairs.
3.
Materials: Cable protection shall be Corning Type S110 with protector
panels, including entrance cable protection modules with gas tube
protector units with heat coils. Units shall be for indoor use, 5-pin gold
protection block type, stub input (length as necessary for cable entrance
and telecommunications room construction), exposed 110-termination
field output, wall-mounted, stackable up to 600 pair, and shall be UL
listed.
FIRE AND SMOKE PARTITION PENETRATIONS
A.
2.10
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
Conduit sleeves shall be provided as part of this contract as a means of routing
cables through fire-rated walls and floors. Openings in sleeves and conduits
used for system cables and those that remain (empty) spare shall be sealed with
an approved fireproof, removable sagging material at completion. Sleeves,
which pass vertically from floor to floor, shall be sealed in a similar manner using
an approved re-enterable system. Additional penetrations through rated
assemblies, necessary for passage of voice/data wiring, shall be made using an
approved method and permanently sealed after installation of cables.
CABLE RUNWAY
A.
Cable runway shall be installed in the MDF and IDFs above each rack.
B.
Cable runway shall be leveled to a tolerance of ¼-inch over 8 feet.
C.
Runway rack fittings shall be used to join the cable ladder segment to: each
other, equipment racks, and floors.
1.
Corner clamp brackets shall be used to join sections of ladder rack that
are perpendicular to each other.
2.
Ladder rack stringers shall be attached to steel grid with angle brackets
and ‘J’ bolts.
3.
Cable runway shall be supported at a maximum of 4-feet on center from
structure above using trapeze assemblies.
4.
Open-ended stringer segments shall be closed with corner clamps and
end bars.
5.
Mounting plates and ‘J’ bolts shall be used to attach the ladder racking to
the equipment.
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 26
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
2.11
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
D.
All field cut cable ladder shall be deburred prior to placement.
E.
Coordinate the placement of cable ladder rungs with the placement of fiber guide
down spouts to insure an unobstructed path for fiber optic patch cables.
PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS
A.
Provide backboards shall be fire retardant, ¾-inch A-B grade plywood, void free,
2440-mm (8 feet) high, capable of supporting attached equipment, and painted
with a minimum of 2 coats of fire retardant off-white semi gloss paint.
Manufacturer’s stamps visible from the front side of the plywood backboard shall
be masked to painting.
B.
Plywood backboards shall be fastened to the structural members of the building
only using an approved fastener. Plywood backboards shall not be anchored to
GBW.
C.
Plywood shall be mounted form +6-inches AFF to +8 feet.
D.
Plywood backboards shall be cut to fit in width and shall have holes cut into the
backboard to accommodate and provide access to devices behind the
backboard, such as switches and outlets.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION
A.
Provide a defined timeline for all close-out procedures and documentation to
insure that all punch lists and field issues are identified, resolved, and properly
completed and closed out. Coordinate with the General Conditions for each
project.
B.
The District reserves the right to have a representative present during all or a
portion of the testing process. If the District selects to be present during testing,
results will only be acceptable when conducted in the presence of the District.
C.
Optical fiber cable testing shall be in compliance with Annex H of TIA.EIA-568-B
“Optical Fiber Link Performance Testing”.
D.
Manufacturer’s testing:
1.
JULY 11, 2016
Contractor shall retain and provide to the District’s Representative the
manufacturer’s attenuation test for each reel of fiber optic cable provided.
These tests shall include the following information.
a.
Manufacturer’s reel number.
b.
Fiber type.
c.
Manufacturers part number.
16740 - 27
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
2.
E.
3.2
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
d.
Minimum bandwidth.
e.
Maximum attenuation.
f.
Traceable batch number.
g.
Length of fiber on reel.
Contractor shall provide the manufacturer’s attenuation test for each fiber
optic patch cord provided.
Recommended test equipment (obtain approval of District’s Representative prior
to using substitute test equipment):
1.
All fiber optic test instruments used on the site shall be capable of storing
test data files and downloading these test results as data files. The fiber
optic strand number shall be used as the record identifier for each test.
2.
All OTDR traces shall be delivered to the District’s Representative on a
CD. The Contractor shall provide the District’s Representative with
software to read the OTDR traces. The application software shall be
licensed to the District.
3.
All power meter readings shall be provided in a coma delimited file format
capable of being inserted into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet for review.
Power meter readings shall be delivered to the District’s Representative
on a CD.
4.
Optical fiber power meter and light source: Corning Cable Systems OTS210 Series Optical Power Meter and OS-300 Light source, or equivalent.
Provide calibration certification for power meter.
5.
Optical fiber light source: Corning Cable Systems OS-300 Light Source
with AC power supply. Output at 850nm 1300nm and 1550nm or
equivalent. Provide calibration certification for light source.
6.
OTDR: Corning Cable Systems OTDR Plus, HP 8147, Tektronix or Laser
Precision with 850nm 1300nm and 1550nm modules. Hard copy printout
and CD for data collection and transfer. Provide calibration certification.
7.
OTDR emulation software for viewing and analyzing the OTDR traces.
8.
Optical fiber inspections scope: Noyes Optical Fiber Scope OFS300
300X fiberscope or equivalent.
COPPER CABLE TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION
A.
Recommended test equipment (obtain approval of District’s Representative prior
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 28
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
to using substitute test equipment):
1.
Metallic cable pair tester.
a.
B.
The Contractor shall utilize a FLUKE DSP-100 test instrument with
firmware version 3.0 or newer, or equivalent Class II Category 6
Field Tester.
Four-pair Category 6 station cables testing and submittal process:
1.
Submit cable schedule and testing schedule to District’s Representative.
2.
After terminating both ends of all UTP cables, test all UTP Category 6
station cables. Conduct tests with a 110 to 8-pin 568A patch cable in
place on both ends.
3.
Each jack in each outlet shall be tested for TIA/EIA-568-B Category 6
compliance, using an appropriate Level 2 testing instrument, to verify both
the integrity of all conductors and correctness of the termination
sequence. Testing shall be performed between modular jacks at the
outlets and the modular jacks at the patch panels.
4.
Test Criteria: The system shall be tested to TIA/EIA-568-B Category 6.
The test path shall include jacks, station cables, jack panels, and adapter
cables.
5.
Documentation – Copper Cabling:
a.
Maintain accessible documentation of the following test results
and cable records. This documentation shall be formatted and
maintained systematically in accordance with the requirements
stated in ANSI/TIA/EIA-06, “Administration Standard for the
Telecommunications Infrastructures of Commercial Buildings”.
b.
Documentation of all cable testing is required. The contractor
shall provide a table of test results in a 3-ring binder submitted
with the as-built drawings. The table shall include:
(1)
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 29
100 MhZ sweep test, polarity checks, Near End Cross
Talk, Signal Attenuation, Noise, DC loop back resistance,
pair-by-pair continuity, and the installed length for all
Data/Voice station cables and pairs.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
(2)
3.3
The report shall indicate all defective pairs and test results
of all pairs listed above. Cables not complying with
TIA/EIA-568-B Category 6 tests shall be identified to the
District for corrective action, which may include
replacement at no additional expense to the District.
ACCEPTANCE
A.
Prior to acceptance all the following conditions must be met:
1.
All required the Contractor shall make submittals and deficiencies or
rejected submittals shall be corrected.
2.
All specified cable management devices including cable ladder, steel wire
cable tray, 2-sided vertical rack cabling sections, horizontal ring panels,
and fiber optic troughs shall be installed as indicated and specified. All
parts not installed shall be inventoried and provided to the District in the
manufacture’s packaging.
3.
All seismic bracing shall be in place.
4.
All specified station cabling with associated termination components,
labeling and fire stopping shall be installed properly. Any component not
installed shall be inventoried and provided to the District in the
manufacturer’s packaging; loose miscellaneous parts shall not be
accepted.
5.
Terminal blocks shall be clean and free of trimmed or cut-off copper pairs,
sheaths, armors, cable lubricants or any other disposables used in the
installation of the station cables.
6.
All station cables shall be neatly dressed behind the terminal blocks in the
IDF.
7.
The backbone fiber optic cable system, LC connectors, termination
shelves with couplers, and fiber optic jumper storage shelves has been
installed and tested per these Specifications.
8.
Do no install fiber optic cross-connects until after the backbone
distribution cable test reports have been reviewed and accepted by the
District’s Representative.
9.
All specified fiber optic backbone cabling with associated termination
components, splicing, labeling and testing shall be installed and
completed properly. Any component not installed shall be inventoried
and provided to the District in the manufacturer’s packaging. Loose
miscellaneous parts shall not be accepted.
10.
The fiber optic termination shelves and the racks and floors around the
shelves, shall be clean and free of trimmed or cut-off fiber optic strands,
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 30
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
buffering, sheath and cable lubricants and any other disposables used in
the placement and termination of the fiber optic backbone cables.
3.4
11.
All innerducts and fiber optic backbone cables shall be neatly dressed
into the pathways, communications vaults and vault racking.
12.
Any deficiencies and punch list items shall be corrected.
13.
All as-built documentation shall be complete, reviewed and provided to
the District.
DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION
A.
B.
Project Management
1.
Bidders are required to supply a complete comprehensive Project
Implementation Plan outlining the bidder's approach to the
implementation of SFUSD new telecommunications system.
2.
In the Project plan, the bidder will include a Project Organization Chart
with the reporting relationships of Project Team Members and other key
personnel.
3.
It is essential that the installation of the new system be as transparent as
is technically possible to the user. There should be no telephone service
interruptions, no interim changes in dialing procedures and no perceived
degradation in the quality of service. This will require weekend or late
evening work to accomplish with miniium downtime to the day to day
operations at this site and facility.
4.
A Master Project Schedule must be included along with a work
responsibility matrix identifying the tasks the bidder will perform and the
tasks SFUSD is expected to perform to successfully install the new
system.
Installation Requirements
1.
The selected bidder is solely responsible for the complete turn-key
installation of the new telecommunications and voice mail or voice
processing system and all interconnecting facilities.
2.
Bidder will perform station COS reviews, data base preparation and
program initializations for the communications system manager and voice
mail/voice processing system, including all voice data base and
flow/processing requirements. Bidder shall coordinate all user prompts
and flow with SFUSD prior to programming and installation.
3.
As an authorized agent for SFUSD , bidder will recommend facilities and
services, coordinate the ordering of all long distance and local
communications circuits/lines to meet the telecommunications needs as
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 31
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
deemed necessary by SFUSD.
C.
4.
Connect and terminate all PRI circuits, terminate cable in designated
terminal cabinets and/or designated equipment backboards.
5.
Configure and cross connect all ports as required for complete end to end
system.
Facility Requirements
1.
D.
As part of the response to this RFP, bidders must outline the installation
requirements for the furnished spaces, furnished power and
environmental requirements for the proposed telephone system and voice
messaging equipment. Specifically, the following must be identified:
a.
All power requirements, including any special conditioning or
grounding requirements.
b.
Heat dissipation for proposed switch room and the recommended
safe temperature operating range for the proposed system.
c.
Complete floor loading requirements.
Training
1.
The successful bidder will be required to conduct end-user training on
SFUSD premises, tailored specifically to SFUSD particular requirements
(e.g., console operator, message center operator, secretary and
professional).
2.
Training classes sizes will not exceed more than 10 station users at a
time. Training to include as applicable: new telephone system, voice mail
users, etc.
JULY 11, 2016
a.
Bidder will also provide a more intensive training program and
training materials for designated SFUSD personnel whom will be
capable of training future employees.
b.
For each product application being proposed, provide a detailed
description of the training the bidder will provide.
c.
Reference copies of the training materials and the user and
system administrator guides should be included as part of the
bidder's response to this RFP. These documents are to be kept
on site.
d.
In addition to the end-user training, a comprehensive training
program of a more technical and extensive nature will be required
for SFUSD system administrator to perform moves, adds and
changes. (This training may be off-site within 10 mile radius of
16740 - 32
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
district offices and sites, all costs for this training must be included
by the contractor in proposal.)
E.
Bidder Service
1.
F.
Maintenance and Warranty
a.
The telephone systems and all associated equipment in the
bidder's proposal must be warranted by the bidder and by the
manufacturer to be free of defects in equipment, software and
workmanship for a period of one (1) year following system
Cutover. and from the date of final acceptance by the consultant
and SFUSD.
b.
During the warranty period and any subsequent maintenance
agreement, any defective components shall be repaired or
replaced at no cost to SFUSD .
c.
All system maintenance, programming changes, operational
changes in software and programming during the warranty period
and under any maintenance agreements shall be performed by
the successful bidding organization using personnel employed fulltime by the bidder and at no additional cost to SFUSD other than
those charges stipulated to maintain the warranty.
d.
As part of the response to this specification, the bidder must
guarantee to continue to provide system maintenance for a period
of not less than five years following the expiration of the original
warranty period.
e.
Bidders are to indicate the annual fixed maintenance rate for five
years.
f.
Bidders must also price the voice messaging maintenance for five
years.
System Testing Requirements
1.
GENERAL
a.
2.
Quality Control
a.
JULY 11, 2016
Test the completed cabling and PRI circuits for continuity, split
pairs, polarity and shorts between pairs and shorts to ground prior
to installation of equipment. Test all stations, numbering, incoming
and outgoing service connections, test voice mail system 100%.
Evidence of Experience and Qualifications:
16740 - 33
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
b.
Show that the installer who will perform the Work has a minimum
of 10 years experience successfully installing systems of the same
type and design as specified herein. Include the names,
locations, and points of contact of at least ten similar installations
of the same type and design as specified herein where the
installer has installed such systems. Indicate the type of each
system and certify that each system has performed satisfactorily
in the manner intended for a period of not less than 12 months.
c.
Show that the instructor, who will train/review with Telecom,
operating and maintenance personnel, has received a minimum of
24 hours of system training from a factory training center and at
least one technical organization such as the NATA, and 2 years
experience in the installation of systems of the type specified.
Submit training certification in equipment submittals, title section
training and certifications.
Burn-In Period - Acceptance
a.
Acceptance shall consist of the following:
(1)
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 34
Burn-in period.
(a)
The system shall be accepted for start of warranty
upon successful completion and testing of the
consultant, Guttmann and Blaevoet Engineers.
(b)
Burn-In period shall be a 30 day time frame to allow
the system to operate free of defects, grounds,
programming faults, etc.
(c)
The 30 day Burn-In shall begin the day of
acceptance by consultant, Guttmann and Blaevoet
Engineers.
(d)
The Burn-In period shall be 30 days of continuous
use without system trouble, console alarm, open
wiring, short circuits or ground conditions present.
(e)
Should the system fail for any reason during the
burn-in period, the contractor shall respond
immediately upon notification by SFUSD personnel
and correct said deficiencies.
(f)
Upon correction and restoration, the “Burn-In”
period shall be re-set to “0” and the 30 day count
shall begin again.
(g)
Warranty shall commence upon day 31 of
successful “Burn-In” period.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
(2)
(3)
Final Test
(a)
Before the installation shall be considered
completed and acceptable by the awarding
authority, a test on the system shall be performed
as follows:
(b)
The contractor's job foreman, in the presence of a
representative of the manufacturer, a
representative of SFUSD and shall operate every
building phone/device to ensure proper operation
and correct programming and dial annunciation at
the control console.
(c)
When the testing has been completed to the
satisfaction of both the contractor's job foreman
and the representatives of the manufacturer and
SFUSD , a notarized letter co-signed by each
attesting to the satisfactory completion of said
testing shall be forwarded to SFUSD.
(d)
The contractor shall leave the telecommunications
system in proper working order, and, without
additional expense to SFUSD, and shall replace
any defective materials or equipment provided by
him under this contract within one year (365 days)
from the date of final acceptance by the consultant.
As Built Drawings, Testing, and Maintenance Instructions
(a)
(4)
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 35
A complete set of reproducible "as-built" drawings
in AutoCAD R2015 format (disks and sheets)
showing installed wiring, color coding, and wire tag
notations for exact locations of all installed
equipment, specific interconnections between all
equipment, and internal wiring of the equipment
shall be delivered to SFUSD upon completion of
system acceptance.
Operating and Instruction Manuals
(a)
Operating and instruction manuals shall be
submitted prior to testing of the system. Four (4)
complete sets of operating and instruction manuals
shall be delivered to SFUSD upon completion.
(b)
Provide necessary training and/or schooling to
designated SFUSD personnel at no additional cost
to SFUSD. Training shall be at SFUSD designated
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
location, by factory trained personnel.
(5)
Testing Frequency Instructions
(a)
(6)
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 36
Complete, accurate, step-by-step testing
instructions giving recommended and required
testing frequency of all equipment, methods for
testing each individual piece of equipment, and a
complete trouble-shooting manual explaining how
to test the primary internal parts of each piece of
equipment shall be delivered to SFUSD upon
completion of the system.
Maintenance instructions shall be complete, easy to read,
understandable, and shall provide the following
information:
(a)
Instruction on replacing any components of the
system, including internal parts.
(b)
Instructions on periodic cleaning and adjustment of
equipment with a schedule of these functions
(c)
A complete list of all equipment and components
with information as to the address and phone
number of both the manufacturer and local supplier
of each item.
(d)
User operating instructions, shall be provided.
Furnish qty. as required.
(e)
SFUSD shall be furnished with all programming
disks for the installation as well as hard copy
printouts. Provide necessary training and/or
schooling to designated SFUSD personnel at no
additional cost to SFUSD. Training shall be at
SFUSD designated location, by factory trained
personnel.
(f)
Administrative staff of A SFUSD shall be thoroughly
instructed in the use of system by authorized
distributor.
(g)
Staff of SFUSD as well as SFUSD maintenance
staff shall be thoroughly instructed in the use of the
System. Training shall include a minimum of six (1)
hour sessions, to be scheduled at SFUSD ‘s
designated time.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
(7)
4.
(i)
A complete maintenance and warranty agreement
must be included as part of the bidder's submittal,
including all options available for extended
coverage and full pricing details for each level of
coverage.
(j)
During the warranty period and any subsequent
maintenance agreement, any defective
components shall be repaired or replaced at no
cost to SFUSD, including all required labor and
transportation.
(k)
All system maintenance during the warranty period
and under any maintenance agreements shall be
performed by the successful bidding organization
using personnel employed full-time by the bidder
and at no additional cost to SFUSD other than
those charges stipulated to maintain the warranty.
As part of the response to this specification, the bidder
must guarantee to continue to provide system
maintenance for a period of not less than ten years
following the expiration of the original warranty period.
(a)
Bidders are to indicate the annual fixed
maintenance rate for five years in their submittals.
(b)
Bidders must also price the voice messaging
maintenance for five years in their submittals.
(c)
Bidders must provide pricing of Circuit, Line or
Station cards and peripherals with pre and post-cut
amounts with equipment submittals.
Bidder should identify the address of the bidder's local service
centers and the number of service personnel trained on the
proposed system.
Repair Response
a.
JULY 11, 2016
Maintenance instruction shall be performed in the
same manner as described above. Training shall
include a minimum of six (1) hour sessions, to be
scheduled at SFUSD designated time.
Logistical Support
a.
5.
(h)
The successful bidder may provide routine system monitoring to
assure the continued operation of all system components.
16740 - 37
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
b.
Bidder's submittals must include a complete description of the
bidder's remote monitoring capabilities, remote diagnostics and
remote repair.
c.
As part of the response to this specification, bidder must include a
description of the bidder's repair handling procedure from the time
of trouble discovery through the time the trouble is cleared by an
SFUSD representative.
d.
SFUSD is guaranteed a response time of no more than four hours
for all major system problems and a maximum of 24 hours
response to other system problems.
e.
During the warranty period, the bidder must supply no more than a
4-hour response to major problems, 24 hours a day, 7 days a
week.
f.
Bidders must describe their definitions of major and minor system
problems in the product submittals.
END OF SECTION 16740
JULY 11, 2016
16740 - 38
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
SECTION 16760
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
Related Sections
B.
Applicable Publications
C.
Work Sequencing and Coordination
D.
Telecommunications Submittals
E.
Quality Assurance
F.
Project Record Documents
G.
Qualifications
H.
Regulatory Requirements
I.
Performance Requirements
J.
Materials
K.
Execution
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Division 16 Electrical Sections apply to this Section with the additions and
modifications specified herein.
B.
Section 16710 - Telecommunications General Requirements
C.
Section 16715 - Telecommunications Acceptance Testing
D.
Section 16720 - Telecommunications Basic Materials and Methods
E.
Section 16740 - Telecommunications Cabling and Infrastructure
APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
A.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Publication: C2-93 National
Electrical Safety Code
JULY 11, 2016
16760 - 1
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
B.
1.4
Electronic Industries Alliance and Telecommunication Industries Association
(EIA/TIA) Publications:
1.
EIA/TIA 568A - Commercial Building Telecommunications Wiring
Standard
2.
EIA/TIA 569 - Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications
Pathways and Spaces
3.
TIA/ATIS JSTD-607-A - Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding
Requirements for Telecommunications
C.
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) Publication: 142-1991
Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power
Systems
D.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publication: 70-96 National
Electrical Code (NEC)
E.
The SFUSD Telecommunications Infrastructure Planning Standards, including
any supplements
F.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) Publication:
1.
83-1983 Thermoplastic Insulated Wires
2.
467-84 (R86) Grounding and Bonding
WORK SEQUENCING AND COORDINATION
A.
1.5
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
The Contractor shall coordinate interconnection to the SFUSD new or existing
grounding and bonding system with the Owner’s representative. All connections
to the existing buildings systems should be performed without affecting the
existing building grounding system. However, if any out of service activity is
required, the work shall be coordinated a minimum of fourteen (14) days in
advance with the Owner’s representative.
SUBMITTALS
A.
The Owner’s representative shall receive the following Contractor submittals:
B.
Product data for:
C.
1.
Ground bus bars
2.
Conductors
3.
Connections (all types)
Test Reports for point-to-point resistance tests.
JULY 11, 2016
16760 - 2
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
D.
1.6
1.7
1.9
1.10
Manufacturer's Instructions: include instructions for storage, handling, protection,
examination, preparation and installation of exothermic connectors.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
All grounding and bonding system work shall be tested and documented as
defined in Section 16715 - Telecommunications Acceptance Testing.
B.
For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, Federal, or State
Standards, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the standard,
except when more rigid requirements required by applicable codes or SFUSD
standards shall apply.
C.
The Contractor shall conform to reference standard by date of issue current on
final design documents.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
1.8
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
The Contractor shall accurately record and submit to the Owner’s representative
complete data regarding signal ground wire pathways, points of bonding, and
point of connection to building grounds.
QUALIFICATIONS
A.
Products specified in this Section shall be manufactured by a company with a
minimum of three years’ documented experience specializing in manufacturing
such products.
B.
The contractor shall provide the Owner’s representative with a letter or product
specification catalog from the manufacturer as evidence of the three years of
documented experience listed above.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Telecommunications grounding and bonding shall conform to requirements of
NFPA 70 and ANSI C2.
B.
The Contractor shall furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. or testing firm acceptable to the Owner’s representative as
suitable for purposes specified and shown.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Point-to-Point Resistance: 0.5 ohms or less.
JULY 11, 2016
16760 - 3
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
PART 2 – MATERIALS
2.1
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A.
2.2
2.3
CONDUCTOR, UL 83
A.
Ground and bonding conductors shall be green-insulated, soft-drawn stranded
copper conductors, unless otherwise indicated, installed with sufficient slack to
avoid breaking due to settlement and movement of conductors or attached
points.
B.
System grounding conductors shall be minimum of 3/0 AWG bare copper, unless
otherwise indicated, and shall be continuous with no joints or splices.
CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS
A.
2.4
Materials and equipment shall conform to the respective standards and to the
specifications stated herein. Electrical ratings shall be as indicated. Except where
specifically indicated otherwise, the Contractor shall provide only new materials
having all legally required approvals and/or labels. Materials shall conform to the
requirements of UL 467 where applicable.
Wire Connectors and Terminals for use with Copper Conductors: UL 486A.
GROUND BUS BARS
A.
The Contractor shall provide ground bar with tapped standard NEMA bolt holes
for 2-hole compression connectors, mounting brackets and insulators, sizes as
indicated:
1.
1/4" x 4" x 20" (min), Lyncole XIT or approved equal for use as TMGB (1
per building).
2.
1/4" x 4" x 10" (min), Lyncole XIT or approved equal for use as TGB (1
per Telecom Space).
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
The Contractor shall provide grounding and bonding in accordance with the
requirements of NFPA 70, IEEE 142, EIA/TIA 568, TIA/ATIS JSTD-607-A, state
and local codes, the campus standards and to requirements specified herein.
Codes shall be complied with as a minimum requirement, with these
specifications prevailing when they are more stringent.
JULY 11, 2016
16760 - 4
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
3.2
3.3
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
BONDING
A.
Metallic conduits, wire ways, metal enclosures of bus ways, cable boxes,
equipment housings, cable racks and all non-current carrying metallic parts of the
installed telecommunications services shall be grounded with #6 AWG copper
wire. The metallic conduit system shall be used for equipment and enclosure
grounding but not as a system ground conductor.
B.
All metallic conduit stub-ups shall be grounded, and where multiple stub-ups are
made within an equipment enclosure, they shall be equipped with grounding
bushings and bonded together and to the enclosure and the enclosure ground
bus.
C.
Each metallic raceway, pipe, duct and other metal object entering the buildings
shall be bonded together. The Contractor shall use #6 AWG bare copper
conductors.
D.
The Contractor shall bond telecommunications equipment and bus bars
separately.
E.
Rack mounted equipment shall be bonded to the rack using bonding screws
and/or washers.
SIGNAL REFERENCE GROUNDING AND BONDING
A.
Each identified telecommunications space within a building shall have a common
signal reference ground. The signal reference ground shall conform to the
following:
1.
Within the building, all communication spaces shall be separately bonded
to each other and connected to the primary building ground in accordance
with the provisions of TIA/ATIS JSTD-607-A. The communication ground
shall not ground any other equipment or be connected to any potential
high voltage source. All racks, frames, drain wires, and all installed
communication equipment shall only be grounded to this common
reference ground with a minimum size #6 AWG copper wire.
2.
The Contractor shall provide, as a minimum, a continuous #3/0 AWG
green electrical conductor connected to a 1/4" x 4" x 10"
telecommunications grounding bus bar (TGB) 6" AFF on the plywood
backboard of each IDF (or telecommunication space) to terminate chassis
and other equipment grounds.
3.
The ground wires from each individual IDF shall be routed directly to the
Building Distribution Frame (BDF), terminated and bonded together via a
telecommunications main grounding bus bar (TMGB) of minimum 1/4" x
4" x 20" dimensions. This point of single reference for all closets in a
building shall in turn be grounded with a minimum #3/0 AWG ground
conductor to the main building ground. If a main building ground is
unavailable, the ground wire from the BDF shall be grounded to the
JULY 11, 2016
16760 - 5
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING
Guttmann & Blaevoet
2351 Powell Street
San Francisco, CA 94113
(415) 655-4000
San Francisco Unified School District
George Washington High School
Computer Classroom SH5
SFUSD Project No. 11840
nearest electrical panel ground bus bar. The building ground for signal
reference shall be the building service entrance ground.
4.
3.4
3.5
The TMGB and TGB shall be bonded to building steel where applicable.
RISER/TIE CABLE GROUNDING
A.
There shall be no bonding between the entry cable and the inside riser or
distribution cable.
B.
All riser and tie cable shields shall be bonded into a single continuous path endto-end and grounded on each floor in which pairs leave the sheath. Cable shields
shall be grounded to the signal reference ground provided in each
telecommunication space.
FIELD TESTS
A.
As an exception to requirements that may be stated elsewhere in these
documents, the Owner’s representative shall be given five (5) working days
notice prior to each test. The Contractor shall provide all test equipment and
personnel and shall provide written copies of all test results.
B.
Grounding and bonding system conductors and connections shall be inspected
for tightness and proper installation.
C.
The Contractor shall provide personnel and test equipment for point-to-point
resistance tests before connecting equipment. Perform point-to-point tests in
each building to determine the resistance between the main grounding system
and all MPOE/MDF/IDF ground bus bars. Investigate and correct point-to-point
resistance values that exceed 0.5 ohm. The Contractor shall record resistance
measurements at all test point locations.
END OF SECTION 16760
JULY 11, 2016
16760 - 6
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING